Thoth distribution@thoth.pub 20260403T234532

urn:uuid:adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda 03 01 01 urn:uuid:adadef61-3615-45c6-9cd1-e2ff13b04fda 15 9781911507178 06 10.14296/520.9781911507178 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook 1 B01 Linden Thomas 2 B01 Nick Johnson 01 eng 00 480 03 12 LAS 93 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW059000 20 programmes 12 LAT 10 LAW062000 93 LNA 20 university 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 guidance 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 handbook 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 manual 93 6AG 20 law school 20 CLE 20 clinics 20 pro bono 20 practical 20 teaching 20 pedagogic 03 00 The Clinical Legal Education Handbook</italic> is intended to act as a good practice guide and practical resource for those engaged in the design and delivery of clinical legal education programmes at university law schools. The Handbook is primarily aimed at clinics in England and Wales, but is likely to have content that is of interest to those engaged in clinic in other jurisdictions. The Handbook offers direction on how to establish and run student law clinics and sets out guidance on both the pedagogical and regulatory considerations involved in the delivery of clinical programmes. It also provides an introduction to the existing body of research and scholarship on Clinical Legal Education (CLE).CLE has become an increasingly popular method of legal education in recent years. Despite the popularity of CLE, there is very little guidance available in England and Wales as to how clinics ought to be set up or how clinical programmes might best be delivered. Although the legal regulators have a statutory duty to improve access to justice, it is not always readily apparent how pro bono and CLE fit into a complex regulatory framework. This Handbook aims to address those gaps.The Handbook </italic>will be used by staff involved in running law clinics as a practical guide to establishing and running their programmes and can also be used as a teaching resource and recommended text on clinical programmes. It will also be a valuable resource for clinical legal education researchers who wish to engage in regulatory, pedagogic and legal service delivery research in this area. 04 00 Introduction1. Law clinics: What, why and how? 2. Regulatory framework3. Assessment in clinics: Principles, practice and progress4. Research on clinical legal education 5. Precedent documents and resources6. Glossary of clinical legal education networks7. Postscript: "Things I wish I'd known before I started doing clinical legal education" 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200529 13 15 9781911507161 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781911507178.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-clinical-legal-education-handbook/ 99 01 urn:uuid:34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:34d97e9c-f96d-4663-972b-9c408bc06a1f 15 9781914477218 06 10.14296/202112.9781914477218 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Control of the Past Herbert Butterfield and the Pitfalls of Official History 1 A01 Patrick Salmon 01 eng 00 118 03 12 HBAH 20 Herbert Butterfield 10 HIS016000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHAH 93 JBCC9 12 JNA 20 Nazi 10 POL010000 93 1DDU 20 collective memory 10 HIS015070 12 JNAM 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 20 World War 2 12 1QDB 93 3MPBLB 20 archive 12 2AB 93 3MP 20 GLAM 12 3JJP 93 3MRB 20 museum 20 Duke of Windsor 20 Hitler 20 Britain 20 colonial history 20 India 20 Germany 20 Ireland 20 Bletchley Park 20 suppressed history 20 forgotten history 20 war crimes 20 jingosim 20 national histories 20 National Trust 20 slavery 20 education 03 00 Herbert Butterfield (1900–1979) was one of the earliest and strongest critics of what he saw as the British government’s attempts to control the past through the writing of so-called, ‘official histories’. His famous diatribe against the 'pitfalls' of government-mandated history first appeared in 1949, at a time when the British government was engaged in publishing official histories and diplomatic documents on an unprecedented scale following the Second World War. But why was Butterfield so hostile to official history, and why do his views still matter today?Written by one of the few historians employed by the British government, this important book details how successive governments have applied a selective approach to the past in order to tell or re-tell</italic> Britain’s national history, with implications for the future.Providing a unique overview of the main trends of official history in Britain since the Second World War, the book details how Butterfield came to suspect that the British government was trying to suppress vital documents revealing the Duke of Windsor’s dealings with Nazi Germany. This seemed to confirm his long-held belief that all governments would seek to manipulate history if they could, and conceal the truth if they could not. At the beginning of the 21st century, official history is still being written and the book concludes with an insider’s perspective on the many issues it faces today– on freedom of information, social media and reengaging with our nation’s colonial legacy. Governments have recently been given many reminders that history matters, and it is Herbert Butterfield above all who reminds us that we must remain vigilant in monitoring how they respond to the challenge. 04 00 Prologue1. ‘One of his most violent essays’2. Butterfield and official history3. Official history then and now4. Why bother with Butterfield?Appendices 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20211206 13 15 9781914477195 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-control-of-the-past/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202112.9781914477218.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3a7e8f55-88da-4e6e-86f1-fd12b7c729e1 15 9781912702749 06 10.14296/fsxl6641 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Creighton Century, 1907-2007 1 B01 David Bates 2 B01 Jennifer Wallis 3 B01 Jane Winters 01 eng 00 334 03 12 HBG 10 HIS016000 20 history B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHB 12 HBAH 20 historiography 93 NHAH 20 Creighton 93 GTB 20 University of London 20 lecture series 20 change 20 continuity 03 00 The Creighton Century, 1907–2007</italic> offers a selection of ten lectures from the first 100 years of the University of London’s prestigious Creighton Lecture series. Each of the chosen lectures, delivered between 1913 and 2004, is introduced and set in context by a historian of the modern-day University. The collection also includes, and is introduced by, Robert Evans’s 2007 centenary lecture, ‘The Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907–2007’.This volume provides a fascinating insight into the development of the discipline of history over the twentieth and early twenty-first century, revealing some significant changes in approach and emphasis as well as some surprising continuities. The Creighton Century</italic> is an invaluable guide to students of historiography, and a chance to revisit some of the great lectures from the series, including those by R. H. Tawney, Lucy Sutherland, Donald Coleman, Eric Hobsbawm and Keith Thomas, published here with commentaries by Virginia Berridge, Justin Champion, Julian Hoppit and Jinty Nelson among others.First published in 2009, The Creighton Century</italic> is now reissued as an open access edition by the University of London Press. This edition includes a new joint foreword by the volume’s editor, David Bates, and the current director of the Institute of Historical Research, Jo Fox. 04 00 Introduction David BatesPreface Jo FoxThe Creighton century: British historians and Europe, 1907-2007 Robert EvansThe meaning of truth in history' (1913), with an introduction by Justin Champion R. B. HaldaneA plea for the study of contemporary history' (1928), with an introduction by Martyn Rady R. W. Seton-WatsonThe economic advance of the squirearchy in the two generations before the Civil War [published as 'The rise of the gentry, 1558-1640] (1937), with an introduction by F. M. L. Thompson R. H. TawneyThe City of London and the opposition to government, 1768-74, with an introduction by P. J. Marshall Lucy SutherlandThe guns of Kaifeng-Fu: China's development of man's first chemical explosive (1979), with an introduction by Janet Hunter Joseph NeedhamThe perception of the past in early modern England (1983), with an introduction by Ariel Hessayon Keith ThomasMyth, history and the Industrial Revolution (1989), with an introduction by Julian Hoppit Donald ColemanThe uncertainties of isolation: Japan between the wars (1992), with an introduction by Antony Best Ian NishThe present as history: writing the history of one's own time (1993), with an introduction by Virginia Berridge Eric HobsbawmThe war against heresy in medieval Europe (2004), with an introduction by Jinty Nelson R. I. Moore 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200717 13 15 9781912702756 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-creighton-century-1907-2007/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fsxl6641.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a7f9fdca-248a-4041-83c0-caa235c931aa 15 9781905670802 06 10.14296/917.9781905670802 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Digital Classicist 2013 1 B01 Stuart Dunn 2 B01 Simon Mahony 01 eng 00 178 03 20 classical studies B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 12 HBLA1 10 LAN025060 93 NHC 20 digital humanities 12 UG 93 UG 20 technology 20 antiquity 20 research 03 00 This edited volume collects together peer-reviewed papers that initially emanated from presentations at Digital Classicist seminars and conference panels.This wide-ranging volume showcases exemplary applications of digital scholarship to the ancient world and critically examines the many challenges and opportunities afforded by such research. The chapters included here demonstrate innovative approaches that drive forward the research interests of both humanists and technologists while showing that rigorous scholarship is as central to digital research as it is to mainstream classical studies.As with the earlier Digital Classicist publications, our aim is not to give a broad overview of the field of digital classics; rather, we present here a snapshot of some of the varied research of our members in order to engage with and contribute to the development of scholarship both in the fields of classical antiquity and Digital Humanities more broadly. 04 00 Introduction Modelling Andrew Bevan: Travel and interaction in the Greek and Roman world. A review of some computational modelling approaches Vince Gaffney, Phil Murgatroyd, Bart Craenen, and Georgios Theodoropoulos: ‘Only individuals’: moving the Byzantine army to Manzikert Texts Elton Barker, Leif Isaksen, Nick Rabinowitz, Stefan Bouzarovski, and Chris Pelling: On using digital resources for the study of an ancient text: the case of Herodotus’ Histories Marco Büchler, Annette Geßner, Monica Berti, and Thomas Eckart: Measuring the influence of a work by text re-use Tobias Blanke, Mark Hedges, and Shrija Rajbhandari Towards a virtual data centre for Classics Ryan Baumann: The Son of Suda On-line Infrastructure Elaine Matthews and Sebastian Rahtz: The Lexicon of Greek Personal Names and classical web services Simon Mahony: HumSlides on Flickr: using an online community platform to host and enhance an image collection Valentina Asciutti and Stuart Dunn: Connecting the Classics: a case study of Collective Intelligence in Classical Studies 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20191231 13 15 9781905670499 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-digital-classicist-2013/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670802.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:202aef6e-05b3-4226-a764-bb1267260063 03 01 01 urn:uuid:202aef6e-05b3-4226-a764-bb1267260063 15 9780992725785 06 10.14296/419.9780992725785 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 'The Dull Duty of an Editor': Working with Webster and Dickens 1 A01 Elizabeth Brennan 01 eng 00 13 03 93 D 12 D 20 editing 10 LIT000000 B2 Literary Studies 93 GTB 10 LIT007000 20 Webster 20 Dickens 20 literature 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1996.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190619 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/419.9780992725785.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-dull-duty-of-an-editor-working-with-webster-and-dickens/ 99 01 urn:uuid:4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4153371f-f303-486d-ba0c-40aba377b9b1 15 9781909646957 06 10.14296/1019.9781909646957 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Family Firm Monarchy, Mass Media and the British Public, 1932-53 1 A01 Edward Owens 01 eng 00 444 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 media 93 N 12 BGR 10 BIO014000 93 KNTP2 20 press 93 1DDU 20 broadcast 10 HIS037070 12 JFD 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 2ACB 20 royalty 12 2AB 93 3MPB 20 buckingham palace 12 3JJ 93 6AG 20 strategy 20 reputation 20 connection 20 family 03 00 The Family Firm</italic> presents the first major historical analysis of the transformation of the royal household’s public relations strategy in the period 1932-1953. Beginning with King George V’s first Christmas broadcast, Buckingham Palace worked with the Church of England and the media to initiate a new phase in the House of Windsor’s approach to publicity. This book also focuses on audience reception by exploring how British readers, listeners, and viewers made sense of royalty’s new media image. It argues that the monarchy’s deliberate elevation of a more informal and vulnerable family-centred image strengthened the emotional connections that members of the public forged with the royals, and that the tightening of these bonds had a unifying effect on national life in the unstable years during and either side of the Second World War. Crucially, The Family Firm also contends that the royal household’s media strategy after 1936 helped to restore public confidence in a Crown that was severely shaken by the abdication of King Edward VIII. 04 00 Introduction Part 1: Setting the scene 1. ‘All the world loves a lover’: the 1934 royal wedding of Prince George and Princess Marina 2. ‘A man we understand’: King George V’s radio broadcasts Part 2: The family firm falters 3. ‘This is the day of the people’: the 1937 coronation 4. ‘They’re only figureheads’: the royal family at war Part 3: Royal renaissance 5. ‘A happy queen is a good queen’: the 1947 royal love story 6. ‘This time I was THERE taking part’: the television broadcast of the 1953 coronation Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20191015 13 15 9781909646940 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781909646957.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-family-firm/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5a81417c-fcdd-40df-bf89-46ed9f24ae41 15 9781909646780 06 10.14296/fyax1274 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy Scotland and Caribbean Slavery, 1775–1838 1 A01 Stephen Mullen 01 eng 00 340 03 20 economy 12 HBTM 10 HIS015090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTM 12 HBTS 93 NHTS 10 POL011020 20 sugar 93 1DDU-GB-S 20 Atlantic trade 10 SOC054000 12 TRLT 12 1DBKS 93 1KJ 10 LAW066000 20 Scotland 12 1KJ 93 2ACB 20 British Empire 10 HIS037050 12 2AB 93 3ML 10 HIS037060 20 sea merchants 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MNB 12 3JH 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 6AG 03 00 This important book assesses the size and nature of Caribbean slavery’s economic impact in British society. The Glasgow Sugar Aristocracy, a grouping of West India merchants and planters, became active before the emancipation of chattel slavery in the British West Indies in 1834. Many acquired nationally significant fortunes, and their investments percolated into the Scottish economy and wider society. At its core, the book traces the development of merchant capital and poses several interrelated questions during an era of rapid transformation, namely, what impact the private investments of West India merchants and colonial adventurers had on metropolitan society and the economy, as well as the wider effects of such commerce on industrial and agricultural development.The book also examines the fortunes of temporary Scottish economic migrants who travelled to some of the wealthiest of the Caribbean islands, presenting the first large-scale survey of repatriated slavery fortunes via case studies of Scots in Jamaica, Grenada and Trinidad before emancipation in 1834. It therefore takes a new approach to illuminate the world of individuals who acquired West India fortunes and ultimately explores, in an Atlantic frame, the interconnections between the colonies and metropole in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 04 00 1. Introduction 2. Emergence 3. Trade and Commerce 4. A Glasgow-West India House 5. ‘Wanted, to serve in the West Indies’ 6. Jamaica 7. Grenada and Carriacou 8. Trinidad 9. Glasgow-West India ‘Spheres of Influence’: Embedding the Profits of Caribbean Slavery 10. Conclusion Appendix Bibliography and Manuscript Sources 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20221110 13 15 9781909646773 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-glasgow-sugar-aristocracy/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/fyax1274.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4fe83974-86a2-4053-bf5b-2c2fd6183820 15 9781914477034 06 10.14296/202202.9781914477034 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Margins of Late Medieval London, 1430-1540 1 A01 Charlotte Berry 01 eng 00 320 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 20 middle ages 93 NHDJ 12 HBLC 93 JBFC 20 marginality 10 POL002000 12 1DBKESL 20 capital city 93 JBSD 10 SOC045000 12 2AB 10 ARC010000 93 KCVS 20 poverty 12 3H 10 HIS015000 20 London 93 RGCU 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 93 1DDU-GB-ESLF 20 London poor 93 2ACB 20 begging 93 3KLW 20 refugees 93 6AG 20 medieval London 20 disease 20 prostitution 20 sewage 20 countryside 20 migrant 20 migration 20 workers 20 labour 03 00 The Margins of Late Medieval London</italic> is a powerful study of medieval London’s urban fringe. Seeking to unpack the complexity of urban life in the medieval age, this volume offers a detailed and novel approach to understanding London beyond its institutional structures. Using a combination of experimental digital, quantitative and qualitative methodologies, the volume casts new light on urban life at the level of the neighbourhood and considers the differences in economy, society and sociability which existed in different areas of a vibrant premodern city. It focuses on the dynamism and mobility that shaped city life, integrating the experiences of London’s poor and migrant communities and how they found their place within urban life. It describes how people found themselves marginalized in the city, and the strategies they would employ to mitigate that precarious position. 04 00 Introduction Chapter One: Landscape and economy Chapter Two: Socio-spatial networks Chapter Three: Mobility Chapter Four: Controlling inclusion and exclusion Chapter Five: Reputation, marginalisation and space Conclusion Bibliography 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220215 13 15 9781914477010 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-margins-of-late-medieval-london-1430-1540/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781914477034.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a915c32f-b608-4021-9493-1fd12bfb347f 15 9781905670932 06 10.14296/121.9781905670932 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Themes in Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic Philosophy Keeling Lectures 2011-18 1 B01 Fiona Leigh 01 eng 00 262 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 DB 10 PHI002000 20 philosophy 93 QDHA 93 3KB 20 Frege 12 HPC 12 3D 20 Stoics 20 Plato 20 ethics 20 Phaedo 03 00 The present volume collects together papers based on the annual Keeling Memorial Lecture in ancient philosophy given at University College London, over 2011-18 (and one from 2004, previously unpublished). It contains contributions to theoretical as well as practical ancient philosophy, and in some cases, to both. Susanne Bobzien argues that Frege plagiarised the Stoics in respect of logic, Gail Fine compares uses of doxa</italic> and epistêmê</italic> in the Phaedo</italic> to contemporary notions of belief and knowledge, David Sedley offers a novel interpretation of ‘safe’ causal explanation in the Phaedo</italic>, and Gábor Betegh understands the ingredients of the soul in the Timaeus</italic> as structuring thought and speech. Dorothea Frede presents new considerations against a ‘particularist’ reading of Aristotle’s ethics, Lesley Brown examines the role of agreement in establishing what is just and the correctness of names in Plato, and Gisela Striker gives an analysis of the role of Stoic therapy in the good life. A. A. Long details a new reading of divinity in the Republic</italic> that reveals the Good as the essence of the divine, and Malcolm Schofield explores the tension between unfettered theoretical debate and the demand of determinacy in practical philosophy in Cicero. 04 00 Introduction, Margaret Hampson and Fiona Leigh1. Lesley Brown, ‘Agreement, Contracts and Promises in Plato’ 2. Gail Fine, ‘Epistêmê and Doxa, Knowledge and Belief, in the Phaedo'3. David Sedley, ‘Socrates’ Second Voyage (Plato, Phaedo 99d-102a)’4. Anthony Long, ‘Politics and Divinity in Plato’s Republic: The Form of the Good’5. Gábor Betegh, ‘The Ingredients of the Soul in Plato’s Timaeus’6. Dorothea Frede, ‘Aristotle on the Importance of Rules, Laws, and Institutions in Ethics’7. Gisela Striker, ‘Mental Health and Moral Health: Moral Progress in Seneca's Letters’8. Malcolm Schofield, ‘Debate or Guidance? Cicero on Philosophy’9. Susanne Bobzien, ‘Frege Plagiarised the Stoics’BibliographyIndex LocorumSubject Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210128 13 15 9781905670901 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670932.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/themes-in-plato-aristotle-and-hellenistic-philosophy/ 99 01 urn:uuid:057b84fd-8cad-4026-92ab-5d3d23b2b674 03 01 01 urn:uuid:057b84fd-8cad-4026-92ab-5d3d23b2b674 15 9780992725716 06 10.14296/518.9780992725716 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Narrators in 'Macbeth' 1 A01 Barbara Hardy 01 eng 00 33 03 12 DSG 93 DSG 10 LIT013000 B2 Literary Studies 20 narrative 10 DRA010000 12 DSBD 93 DSBD 20 Shakespeare 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037040 20 storytelling 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 play 93 5PX-GB-S 20 Macbeth 20 literature 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1986.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180523 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/518.9780992725716.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-narrators-in-macbeth/ 99 01 urn:uuid:4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4608b634-7f41-4a5c-a670-6ae203b78b1b 15 9781914477324 06 10.14296/sner2422 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Poets Laureate of the Long Eighteenth Century, 1668–1813 Courting the Public 1 A01 Leo Shipp 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 20 poet laureate 93 DSC 12 DSC 20 eighteenth century 10 LAN005070 20 court 20 culture 20 spatiality 20 poetry 20 public reception 03 00 The office of the poet laureate of Britain was a highly prominent, relevant and respectable institution throughout the long eighteenth century. First instituted for John Dryden in 1668, the laureateship developed from an honorific into a functionary office with a settled position in court (c.1689–1715), and was bestowed upon Robert Southey in 1813, whose tenure eventually transformed the office. Taking an interdisciplinary approach, this book examines the office’s institutional changes and public reception, the mechanics of each laureate’s appointment, and the works produced by the laureates before and after their appointments. It argues that the laureateship played a key part in some of the most vital trends in eighteenth-century culture.The conclusion is arrived at by employing a new research paradigm that it calls the conceptual geography of culture. It shows that Britons routinely used spatial concepts to understand culture throughout the period, which became increasingly abstract over time. As part of this, the court evolved from a concrete space in London to an abstract space capable of hosting the entire British public. The laureateship was a dynamic office positioned at the interface of court and public, evolving in line with its audiences. An important intervention in eighteenth-century historiography, this book presents a nuanced understanding of eighteenth-century culture and society, in which the laureateship exemplified the enduring centrality of the court to the British conceptual geography of culture. 04 00 Introduction. 1. Patronage Asserted: The Formation of the Laureateship, 1668–1715 2. Loyalty Marketed: The Works of the Early Hanoverian Laureates, c.1700–1730 3. Merit Rewarded: The Hanoverian Appointments, 1715–1813 4. Parnassus Reported: The Public Laureate, c.1757–1813 5. “But Odes of S----- almost choakt the way”: Laureate Writings of the Long Eighteenth Century Conclusion. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220831 13 15 9781914477294 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/sner2422.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-poets-laureate-of-the-long-eighteenth-century-1668-1813/ 99 01 urn:uuid:564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 03 01 01 urn:uuid:564cdbd2-6241-4249-9ec1-0ee495ef2687 15 9781912702985 06 10.14296/2111.9781912702985 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Politics of Women's Suffrage Local, National and International Dimensions 1 B01 21 0000-0001-6632-4196 Alexandra Hughes-Johnson 2 B01 Lyndsey Jenkins 01 eng 00 422 03 12 HBLL 10 HIS058000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHTB 20 women's suffrage 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 POL003000 20 politics 20 activism 93 JPHF 12 JPVH1 10 POL052000 12 3JJ 93 JPVH 10 POL004000 20 women's history 93 1A 20 grassroots 93 3MP 20 change 03 00 From 1832 to the present day, from the countryside in Wales to the Comintern in Moscow, from America to Finland and Ireland to Australia, from the girls’ school to the stage, women’s suffrage was the most significant challenge to the constitution since 1832, seeking not only to settle demands for inclusion and justice but to expand and redefine definitions of citizenship. This collection advances ongoing debates within suffrage history whilst also drawing on a range of new sources, different intellectual techniques and methodological approaches, which challenge established interpretations. With its focus on politics and political activism in its broadest sense, this collection makes a timely and substantial contribution to understanding the meaning of politics and political activism across the UK (and indeed, across the world) in this period, particularly as defined and experienced by women at the grassroots. This collection is a reminder of the ways in which women have often encountered and battled a hostile political climate, but pushed forward with determination, skill, tenacity and optimism: resonating with the renewed interest in women’s history and feminist politics today. 04 00 Foreword: The Women’s Movement, War, and the Vote: Some Reflections on 1918 and Its Aftermath Susan GrayzelIntroduction Alexandra Hughes-Johnson and Lyndsey JenkinsI. Working within existing political structures1. “‘[T]he success of every great movement had been largely due to the free and continuous exercise of the right to petition’: Irish Suffrage Petitioners and Parliamentarians in the Nineteenth Century Jennifer Redmond2. Singing The Red Flag for suffrage: gender, class and feminism in the Canning Town Branch of the Women’s Social and Political Union, 1906-7 Lyndsey Jenkins3. Suffrage Organizers, Local Women and the Campaign in Wales Beth Jenkins4. A “practical” politics? Suffrage, Infant Welfare and Women’s Politics in Walsall, 1910-1939 Anna Muggeridge5. “Keep Your Eyes On Us Because There Is No More Napping”: The Wartime Suffrage Campaign of the Suffragettes of the WSPU and the Independent WSPU Alexandra Hughes-JohnsonII. Working through social and cultural structures6. English Girls' High Schools and Women's Suffrage Helen Sunderland7. 'A mistake to raise any controversial question at the present time’: the careful relationship of Glasgow’s suffragists with the press 1902-1918 Sarah Pedersen8. “The Weakest Link”: Suffrage writing, class interests and the isolated woman of leisure Sos Eltis9. Militancy in the Marital Sphere: the birth-strike as a militant suffrage tactic Tania ShewIII. Navigating international structures 10. Suffrage internationalism in practice: Dora Montefiore and the story of Finnish women's enfranchisement Karen Hunt11. “East Side Londoners”: Sylvia Pankhurst’s lecture tours of North America and the East London Federation of Suffragettes Kate Connelly12. Emotions and Empire in Suffrage and Anti-Suffrage Politics: Britain, Ireland and Australia in the Early Twentieth Century Sharon Crozier-De Rosa13. From Votes for Women to World Revolution: British and Irish Suffragettes and International Communism, 1917-1939 Maurice J. CaseyAfterword: A Tale of Two Centennials: Suffrage, Suffragettes and the Limits of Political Participation Nicoletta F. Gullace 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20211101 13 15 9781912702954 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2111.9781912702985.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-politics-of-womens-suffrage/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5b213aa4-92c5-4408-83b0-545763237c4d 15 9781911507321 06 10.14296/zbwc8919 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Signature in Law From the Thirteenth Century to the Facsimile 1 A01 Stephen Mason 01 eng 00 122 03 93 LAFC 12 LAFC B2 Law 10 LAW103000 20 signature 20 authentication 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 20 facsimile transmission 20 common law 20 adapting 20 technological developments 03 00 This book explores the judicial development of the concept of the signature from the thirteenth century to the age of the facsimile transmission. It puts the concept of the signature into a broad legal context to set out the purposes that can be attributed to a signature, and to explain the functions a signature is capable of performing. Drawing on cases from common law jurisdictions across the world, the book demonstrates that judges expanded the meaning of a signature as technologies developed and were used in unanticipated ways.Following an overview of the methods used to demonstrate proof of intent and authentication, the book considers the judicial response to the array of variations in the form that manuscript signatures have been subject over the past two hundred years, from initials, partial signatures and fingerprints, to rubber stamps and typewriting. Past judicial decision-making not only demonstrates the flexibility of the form a signature can take, but also confirms that judges had the flexibility of mind to accept the first forms of electronic signature (telex, facsimile transmission) as merely one further development without the aid of special legislation. 04 00 1. An introduction to the signature2. The functions of a signature3. Disputing a manuscript signature4. Methods of authentication before manuscript signatures5. The form of the signature6. The writing material7. An incorrect signature and absence of a signature 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220801 13 15 9781911507338 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-signature-in-law/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/zbwc8919.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:924cd0ff-1a66-4eb3-9b34-69e71d514fb3 15 9781908857989 06 10.14296/gljm4371 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Social and Political Life of Latin American Infrastructures 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6928-2849 Jonathan Alderman 2 B01 Geoff Goodwin 01 eng 00 280 03 20 infrastructure 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC008050 12 JFSL4 20 Latin America 20 colonialism 20 state 20 citizenship 20 resistance 20 protest 20 capitalism 20 urban development 03 00 From houses to roads, infrastructures offer a unique lens through which to explore social and political change. Serving as an important conduit between states and citizens, infrastructures provide governments with a powerful tool to mould subjects and control populations. Yet, at the same time they also give individuals, communities, and movements a platform to challenge the state and forge alternative forms of citizenship and politics. Infrastructures therefore shape social and political relations in unexpected ways and never dutifully follow the scripts of politicians, bureaucrats, and engineers. Latin America provides fertile terrain to explore these issues. The region has been subject to extensive foreign intervention for centuries and much of its infrastructure has primarily been constructed to benefit colonial and imperial powers. Yet Latin America has also seen widespread resistance to colonial-capitalist expansion, and infrastructures have been central to these diverse struggles. Drawing on recent empirical research, this cross-disciplinary book demonstrates the value of analysing social and political change through infrastructure. The authors explore a diverse range of Latin American infrastructures, from a sparkling new tram network in Ecuador to a crumbling old nuclear plant in Cuba. Building on the empirical chapters, the editors demonstrate the value of conceptualising infrastructure as a relational and experimental process. In addition to making a novel contribution to global infrastructure debates, the volume offers important new insights into Latin American history, society, and politics. 04 00 Foreword. The Social and Political Life of Latin American InfrastructuresPenny Harvey Introduction: Infrastructure as Relational and Experimental ProcessJonathan Alderman and Geoff Goodwin1. Dreams of an anchored state: mobility infrastructure and state presence in Quehui Island, ChileDiego Valdivieso Sierpe2. ‘They want to change us by charging us’: Drinking water provision and water conflict in the Ecuadorian AmazonJulie Dayot3. Water storage reservoirs in Mataquita: Clashing measurements and meaningsUrsula Balderson4. Planning a new society: Urban politics and public housing in Natal, BrazilYuri Gama5. Contested statebuilding? A four-part framework of infrastructure development during armed conflictClara Voyvodic6. Competing infrastructures in local mining governance in MexicoValeria Guarneros-Meza and Marcela Torres-Wong7. ´Somos Zona Roja´: top-down informality and institutionalised exclusion from broadband internet services in Santiago de ChileNicolás Valenzuela-Levi8. The contradictions of sustainability: Discourse, planning and the tramway in Cuenca, EcuadorSam Rumé9. The record keepers: Maintaining irrigation canals, traditions and Inca codes of law in 1920s Huarochirí, PeruSarah Bennison 10. The Cuban nuclear dream: The afterlives of the Project of the CenturyNicole Fadellin 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20221005 13 15 9781908857958 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/gljm4371.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-social-and-political-life-of-latin-american-infrastructures/ 99 01 urn:uuid:2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2ee074f0-5ef0-4cbd-ab0a-9f96a451c882 15 9781912250486 06 10.14296/202110.9781912250486 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Terms of Our Surrender Colonialism, Dispossession and the Resistance of the Innu 1 A01 Elizabeth Cassell 01 eng 00 360 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 20 Innu 12 JFSL9 93 JPN 10 SOC062000 20 indigenous people 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 10 POL035010 20 Canada 93 KCVG 10 LAW094000 12 LBBP 93 JPFA 12 KCN 20 Labrador 10 LAW107000 93 1KBC 20 First Nations 10 LAW036000 12 LNKJ 93 2ACB 12 ACBK 20 land grab 10 LAW110000 12 1KBC 93 3MR 20 ecology 10 LAW047000 12 2AB 93 3MP 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 20 land protector 12 3JM 93 5PB 20 human rights 12 3JJ 20 land defender 20 settler violence 20 United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples 20 Truth and Reconciliation Commission 20 James Bay & Northern Quebec Agreement 20 Comprehensive Land Claims Process 20 oil 20 extraction 03 00 Based on extensive fieldwork and oral history, The Terms of Our Surrender</italic> is a powerful critical appraisal of unceded indigenous land ownership in eastern Canada. Set against an ethnographic, historical and legal framework, the book traces the myriad ways the Canadian state has successfully evaded the 1763 Royal Proclamation that guaranteed First Nations people a right to their land and way of life. Focusing on the Innu of Quebec and Labrador, whose land has been taken for resource extraction and development, the book strips back the fiduciary duty to its origins, challenging the inroads which have been made on the nature and extent of indigenous land tenure—arguing for preservation of land ownership and positioning First Nations people as natural land defenders amidst a devastating climate crisis. It offers a voice to the Innu people, detailing the spirituality practices, culture and values that make it impossible for them to willingly cede their land.The text is intended to bridge the gap in knowledge between legal practitioners and those working at the intersections of human rights, social work and public policy. The book offers a potent template for how we can use the law to fight back against the indignities suffered by all indigenous peoples. 04 00 Part 1: The Innu Chapter 1: Innu/Canadian Relations In Their Social Context Chapter 2: The Innu left to their fate in Schefferville Chapter 3: Matimekush Lac John Today Chapter 4: Legacies of the Past: Barriers to Effective Negotiation Chapter 5: Racis Part 2: The Royal Proclamation and Questions of Trust Over Indigenous Land Chapter 6: Historical Background Chapter 7: The Personal Fiduciary Duty Chapter 7: Bending the Law to the Needs of Settlement Chapter 8: The Honour of the Crown, the Duty to Consult and the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Part Three: The Modern Treaties and Canada’s Comprehensive Claims Policy Chapter 9: The James Bay Project: The Plot to Drown the Northern Woods Chapter 10: The Malouf Judgment - Chief Robert Kanatewat et al v La Societe de Daveloppement de la Baie James et al et La Commission Hydro-Electrique de Quebec [1974] RP 38 Chapter 11: Negotiating the James Bay and Northern Quebec Agreement Chapter 12: The Aftermath of Signing the James Bay Agreement Chapter 13: The Comprehensive Land Claims Policy Part Four: The Innu Experience of the Comprehensive Land Claims Process Chapter 14: All that is Left to Us is the Terms of our Surrender: Negotiations to Recover Lost Innu Lands Chapter 15: The New Dawn Agreement Chapter 16: The Position of the Innu Who Live in Quebec Chapter 17: Construction and Protest at Muskrat Falls Part Five: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? Chapter 18: Academic Solutions Chapter 19: Indigenous Solutions Chapter 20: Citizens Plus or Parallel Paths? 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20211001 13 15 9781912250455 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912250486.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-terms-of-our-surrender/ 99 01 urn:uuid:0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0ae5c98c-3737-4689-93e8-206e04cd48b5 15 9781912702039 06 10.14296/919.9781912702039 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) Refashioning history for the twentieth century 1 B01 Joel T. Rosenthal 2 B01 Caroline M. Barron 01 eng 00 341 03 12 BGH 10 BIO006000 93 DNBH B2 History 20 medieval 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015070 20 historian 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037060 20 Manchester 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ 20 archives 12 3JJ 93 3MPB 20 academia 93 6AG 20 Lampeter 20 legacy 20 Oxford 03 00 Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929) was arguably the most prolific English medieval historian of the early twentieth century. The son of an unsuccessful publican, he was described at his Oxford scholarship exam as ‘uncouth and untidy’; however he went on to publish hundreds of books throughout his distinguished career with a legacy that extended well beyond the academy. Tout pioneered the use of archival research, welcomed women into academia and augmented the University of Manchester’s growing reputation for pioneering research.This book presents the first full assessment of Tout’s life and work, from his early career at Lampeter, to his work in Manchester and his wide-ranging service to the study of history. Selected essays take a fresh and critical look at Tout’s own historical writing and discuss how his research shaped, and continues to shape, our understanding of the middle ages, particularly the fourteenth century. The book concludes with a personal reflection on Tout by his grandson, Tom Sharp. 04 00 Introduction Caroline M. Barron I. Tout as a teacher and university statesman 1. The early years and Wales’s history Ralph A. Griffiths 2. Thomas Frederick Tout at Lampeter: the making of a historian William Gibson 3. The Manchester School of History: Tout’s contribution to the pedagogy of academic history Peter Slee 4. Tout and Manchester University Press Dorothy J. Clayton 5. T. F. Tout and the idea of the university H. S. Jones 6. ‘Dear Professor Tout…’: letters from Tout’s students during the First World War Christopher Godden II. Tout as a political historian 7. Tout and the reign of Edward II Seymour Phillips 8. Tout and the royal favourites of Edward II J. S. Hamilton 9. Tout and the middle party Paul Dryburgh Thomas Frederick Tout (1855–1929): refashioning history for the twentieth century 10. Tout and the higher nobility under the three Edwards Matt Raven III. Tout as an administrative historian 11. Tout and the exchequer Nick Barratt 12. Tout and seals John McEwan 13. Tout’s administrators: the case of William Moulsoe Elizabeth Biggs IV. Tout’s wider influence 14. Institutionalizing history: T. F. Tout’s involvement with the Royal Historical Society and the Historical Association Ian d’Alton 15. T. F. Tout and the Dictionary of National Biography Henry Summerson 16. Tout’s work as a reviewer John D. Milner† and Dorothy J. Clayton 17. T. F. Tout and literature D. Vance Smith 18. The homage volume of 1925 – looking back and looking forward Joel T. Rosenthal V. Tout remembered 19. Reflections on my grandfather, the historian T. F. Tout Tom Sharp 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190902 13 15 9781909646995 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781912702039.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thomas-frederick-tout-1855-1929/ 99 01 urn:uuid:f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f1498318-7a5f-4c60-9a00-61a48766ee68 15 9781912250424 06 10.14296/620.9781912250424 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Thou Shalt Forget Indigenous sovereignty, resistance and the production of cultural oblivion in Canada 1 A01 Pierrot Ross-Tremblay 01 eng 00 312 03 20 communities B2 Human Rights 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 12 HBTQ 20 minority 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 93 1KBC-CA-QP 12 1KBCQ 20 colonialism 10 HIS037030 12 2AB 93 2ACBR 10 4.0.2.0.11.0.0 20 indigenous people 12 2ADF 93 2ADFQ 20 territory 12 3J 93 3M 93 5PB 93 6AG 03 00 Following a decade-long research project, this devastating book examines colonial state imperatives to oppress indigenous peoples and history from mainstream national narratives. Through the study of his community, the Essipiunnuat or, ‘People of the Brook Shells River’, the author hopes to combat the erasure of First Nations people from colonial history-books by shedding a light on historical and current </italic>systematic and territorial oppression. From land grabs, to genocide and irreversible ecological warfare, the book demonstrates the impact of psychological colonialism on agency and resistance, the value of elders and community story-telling in empowerment and self-actualisation, and the role of the state and local elites in creating and warping our perception and understanding of history. A critical text for those with an interest in indigenous people, their history and human rights, Thou Shalt Forget</italic> also serves as an important tool for remembrance and a starting point for resistance and change. 04 00 List of figures Acknowledgements Introduction 1. The Essipiunnuat, the Salmon War and cultural oblivion 2. The sources of war: colonialism and the emergence of collective agency 3. Capturing who we were: heroic postures in tragic circumstances 4. Stories on the transformative experience of war: from self-empowerment to a metaphysics of domination 5. The Essipiunnuat’s actuality in light of the past Conclusion Postface | Heirs of oblivion: leaders’ interiority as a public issue Bibliography Annex 1 – Methodological notes 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200626 13 15 9781912250097 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/620.9781912250424.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/thou-shalt-forget-indigenous-sovereignty-resistance-and-the-production-of-cultural-oblivion-in-canada/ 99 01 urn:uuid:cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cc77e768-f3d2-49e6-afea-5a52e2183e71 15 9781912702534 06 10.14296/920.9781912702534 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Unite, Proletarian Brothers! Radicalism and Revolution in the Spanish Second Republic 1 A01 Matthew Kerry 01 eng 00 264 03 12 HBWP 10 HIS037070 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHD 20 revolution 93 1DSE-ES-DA 12 HBLW 10 HIS027090 20 insurrection 12 1DSE 93 2ACB 10 HIS027100 20 upheaval 10 1.5.7.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ADS 20 asutrias 12 2ADS 93 3MPB 20 coalfields 12 3JJ 93 3MPBG-IT-S 20 radicalism 93 3MPBGJ-ES-B 20 conflict 93 6AG 20 boycott 20 strike 20 fascism 03 00 In October 1934 the northern Spanish region of Asturias was the scene of the most important outburst of revolution in Europe between the early 1920s and the Spanish Civil War. Thousands of left-wing militants took up arms and fought the Spanish army in the streets of Oviedo while in the rear-guard committees proclaimed a revolutionary dawn. After two weeks, however, the insurrection was crushed and the widespread repression was central to the polarization and fragmentation of Spanish politics prior to the Civil War (1936-9). Weaving together a range of everyday disputes and arenas of conflict, from tenant activism to strikes, boycotts to political violence, Unite, Proletarian Brothers!</italic> reveals how local cleavages and conflicts operating within the context of the Spanish Second Republic (1931-6) and interwar Europe explain the origins, development and consequences of the Asturian October. The book sheds new light on the long-debated process of ‘radicalization’ during the Second Republic, as well as the wider questions of protest, revolutionary politics and social and political conflict in inter-war Europe. 04 00 Introduction1. Rethinking the Red Valleys2. Building and Contesting the Republic (1931-2) 3. Anticlericalism, Dissidence and Radicalization (1932-3) 4. Fascism and the Politics of Policing (1933-4) 5. Revolution 6. Repression and the Redefinition of Politics during the Long 1935 7. A Fragile Radicalism: The Popular Front Spring of 1936 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200930 13 15 9781912702497 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912702534.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/unite-proletarian-brothers/ 99 01 urn:uuid:6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6fa73ceb-99ed-4858-94b7-98dcd61a1a18 15 9781915249463 06 10.14296/rync2520 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Voice, Silence and Gender in South Africa's Anti-Apartheid Struggle The Shadow of a Young Woman 1 A01 Rachel E. Johnson 01 eng 10 HIS047000 B2 History ⇒ Political History 93 NHH 20 women 10 BIO032000 93 JBSF1 20 women's rights 93 DNBH 20 human rights 10 SOC032000 93 1HFMS 10 POL052000 20 South Africa 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 93 3MPQ 20 liberation 20 struggle 20 anti-apartheid 20 political action 20 black women 20 activists 20 Soweto Uprisings 20 Masabata Loate 20 gender dynamics 20 youth activism 20 history 20 politics 20 speech 20 silence 20 archives 03 00 In 1978, amidst the aftermath of the Soweto Uprisings and after being held in detention without charge for over a year, a young black woman who had just turned eighteen, stepped into the witness box at Kempton Park Circuit Court, north-east of Johannesburg. She was there to testify in the apartheid State’s case against eleven Soweto school student activists, on trial for sedition. She confirmed her name as Mary Masabata Loate. Loate would live with the consequences of this decision to talk for the rest of her short life.Who spoke about the liberation struggle whilst it was ongoing? When did they speak and how? And what effects does the gendered history of speech and silence within anti-apartheid politics continue to have upon our knowledge of the past? Arguing that she is emblematic of the way gendered narratives of the struggle have been made, this book listens for the voice and silence of Masabata Loate and her contemporaries within political trials; newspapers; photography; human rights reportage; creative fiction, drama, poetry and song; autobiography and memoir; and oral histories. The result is an unconventional biography that sees this young woman as a shadow within the story of South Africa’s anti-apartheid liberation struggle. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: The Shadow of a Young Woman </li> <li> 1 A Methodology for Fragments: Voice, Speech, and Silence </li> <li> 2 The Soweto Eleven and the Sayable: Speaking about the Struggle </li> <li> 3 Witnessing, Detention, and Silence: Speech as Struggle </li> <li> 4 Stories of Life and Death: the Struggle to Speak </li> <li> Conclusion: Shadow Histories </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250320 13 15 9781915249449 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/voice-silence-and-gender-in-south-africas-anti-apartheid-struggle/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rync2520.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c5668531-5208-4ac3-9b8f-fc7d3727d72e 15 9781915249142 06 10.63674/cxiv5434 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Waterscapes: Reservoirs, Environment and Identity in Modern England and Wales 1 A01 Andrew McTominey 01 eng 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 20 waterworks 12 HBTP 10 HIS015060 93 NHTP 20 reservoirs 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS015070 20 water industry 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 20 water management 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 rural 20 urban 20 landscapes 20 environment 20 England 20 Wales 20 culture 20 leisure 20 nineteenth century 20 twentieth century 20 historical geography 03 00 How did reservoirs alter the countryside and city life? The answer is a riveting story of water and identity in modern Britain.</bold>The building of reservoirs in England and Wales was key to urban growth across the late-nineteenth and early-twentieth centuries, with the management of waterworks projects closely tied to the social and economic fortunes of rural areas, as well as the treatment of urban populations. Drawing on methods from environmental history, cultural history and historical geography, this book explores the multiple and long-term impacts of reservoir construction and management in rural England and Wales from the mid-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century. It examines how reservoirs transformed the rural environment, the management of the urban-rural hinterland, the development of cultural landscapes, the expansion of novel leisure activities, and the social impact on local communities.Incorporating case studies from Leeds’s Washburn Valley, Liverpool’s Vyrnwy Reservoir and Birmingham’s Elan Reservoir, amongst others, the book’s comparative approach highlights commonalities and differences in waterworks management across the country, thereby transforming our understanding of the national water industry during this period, contemporary attitudes to the environment, and the identities – civic, gender and professional – that were intertwined with these waterscapes. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Remaking the countryside: urban engineering and the pursuit of water</li> <li>2 Slips and spillages: reservoirs and the environment</li> <li>3 Seeing the wood for the trees: afforestation and managing water supply</li> <li>4 Romantic waterscapes: the development of cultural landscapes</li> <li>5 All play and no fun: waterworks and the pursuit of leisure</li> <li>6 Urban intrusion: community in the urban/rural hinterland</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250828 13 15 9781915249104 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/cxiv5434.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/waterscapes-reservoirs-environment-and-identity-in-modern-england-and-wales/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5f81f2e6-00d3-4ef4-b5b8-efde850e4db3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5f81f2e6-00d3-4ef4-b5b8-efde850e4db3 15 9780992725730 06 10.14296/818.9780992725730 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Ways into Shakespeare's Sonnets 1 A01 Helen Vendler 01 eng 00 29 03 12 DSC 93 DSC 10 LIT014000 B2 Literary Studies 20 Shakespeare 12 DSBD 93 DSBD 10 LIT004120 20 poetry 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 genre 10 HIS037040 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 form 93 5PX-GB-S 20 structure 20 sonnets 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1990.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180820 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780992725730.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ways-into-shakespeares-sonnets/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5077cd7a-c30f-47bf-b92e-17ba5010cced 15 9781911507123 06 10.14296/918.9781911507123 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Women and the Law 1 A01 Susan Atkins 2 A01 Brenda Hale 01 eng 00 284 03 12 LAQG 93 LAQG B2 Law 10 LAW043000 20 women's rights 20 gender studies 93 JBSF1 12 JFSJ1 10 LAW038000 20 gender politics 12 HBTB 93 NHTB 10 SOC032000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 freedom 20 protections 03 00 Women And The Law</italic> is </bold>a pioneering study of the way in which the law has treated women – at work, in the family, in matters of sexuality and fertility, and in public life. Originally published in 1984, this seminal text </italic>is one that truly deserves its 'groundbreaking' moniker. Predating many key moments in contemporary feminist history, it was written before Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble; </italic>before Naomi Klein’s The Beauty Myth,</italic> with the term ‘feminist jurisprudence’ having only been coined three years earlier. It went on to inspire a legion of women lawyers and feminist legal rulings, from the Family Law Act 1996 to the legal definition of ‘violence’ (Yemshaw v. LB Hounslow 2011</italic>). This 2018 edition comes with a new foreword by Susan Atkins and provides a timely analysis of women in law forty years on, how much has changed and the work still left to do. 04 00 A note on the 2018 edition 2018 foreword Preface Introduction Women in society 1 The historical legacy 2 Equality at work 3 Beyond equality of opportunity The private domain 4 Sexuality 5 Motherhood 6 Breadwinners and homemakers: partners or dependants? 7 Power and violence in the home 8 The case against marriage? The state and women’s rights 9 The welfare state: social security and taxation 10 Women as citizens Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180930 13 15 9781911507109 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/women-and-the-law/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/918.9781911507123.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:cb9d4a42-bc0f-40f3-8f57-c8ee6c84f05b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cb9d4a42-bc0f-40f3-8f57-c8ee6c84f05b 15 9780854572762 06 10.14296/0420.9780854572762 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Writing and the West German Protest Movements: The Textual Revolution 1 A01 Mererid Puw Davies 01 eng 00 300 03 20 Hans Magnus Enzensberger 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Germanic Studies 93 NHD 20 Winfried Georg Sebald 20 1960s 20 Gruppe 47 20 Sozialistischer Deutscher Studentenbund 20 Anti-authoritarianism 20 German Literature 03 00 The 1960s protest movements marked an astonishing moment for West Germany. They developed a political critique, but are above all distinctive for their overwhelming emphasis on culture and the symbolic. In particular, reading and writing had a uniquely prestigious status for West German protesters, who produced an extraordinary textual culture ranging from graffiti and flyers to agit-prop poetry and autobiographical prose. By turns witty, provocative, reflective and offensive, the avantgarde roots of anti-authoritarianism are as palpable in their texts as their debt to high literature. But due to this culture’s (apparently) anti-literary tone, it has often remained illegible to traditional criticism. This volume presents close readings and analyses of emblematic examples of texts, some forgotten, others better known, embedding them in historical, cultural, theoretical and aesthetic context, and illuminating representative moments and preoccupations in anti-authoritarian culture, from the Vietnam War to the Nazi past, to dirt and hygiene. They outline an anti-authoritarian poetics and uncover some of the texts’ latent content, revealing often hidden tensions and contradictions, above all in relation to the German past and questions of authority. 04 00 ContentsAn Introduction<ol> <li> Of Mice and Mao: Hans Magnus Enzensberger’s Revolutionary Poetics, 1968 </li> <li> Poetry, War and Women, 1966–70 </li> <li> Playing with Fire: Kommune I, 1967–68 </li> <li> ‘Eiffe for President’: Graffiti, May 1968 </li> <li> Bodily Issues: Dirt, Text and Protest, 1968 </li> <li> Uncanny Journeys: Bernward Vesper and W.G. Sebald, 1969–90 </li> <li> On Contemporary Writing, 1307–1990: A Conclusion </li> </ol>Bibliography 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200416 13 15 9780854572519 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9780854572762.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/writing-and-the-west-german-protest-movements-the-textual-revolution/ 99 01 urn:uuid:2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2e6a50dc-768c-406c-8c66-9def12160601 15 9781915249524 06 10.14296/cmpd3083 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 More-Than-Human Histories of Latin America and the Caribbean Decentring the Human in Environmental History 1 B01 21 0000-0002-2415-4675 Diogo de Carvalho Cabral 2 B01 21 0000-0002-6959-3196 André Vasques Vital 3 B01 21 0000-0003-3448-0260 Margarita Gascón 01 eng 00 308 03 20 ecology 10 HIS052000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 RNA B2 Environmental Humanities 12 HBAH 10 NAT010000 93 RNA 20 south america 12 1KLS 20 latin america 93 NHAH 10 SCI100000 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 environmental humanities 20 Caribbean 20 historiography 20 non-human 20 climate change 20 biophysical 20 history 03 00 The Latin American and Caribbean regions’ historical trajectories have been shaped by complex human-nonhuman interactions. In these histories people are important, even crucial, actors, but not the only ones. Offering a novel approach to the writing of Latin American history, this book brings nine thought-provoking chapters together with a historiographical introduction and critical afterword to centre nonhuman beings and things. The oscillating glare of the sun, the resourcefulness of insects, the tectonic instability of national territories, and the life-giving and intractable impassivity of rivers are some of the other-than-human agents driving history in the volume’s chapters. It problematises Latin American(ist) historiography’s tendency to frame ‘nature’ as a separate ontological domain that is only acted upon – conquered, manipulated, devastated – lacking the self-propelled dynamics capable of shaping the course of events. With broad regional and temporal coverage across Latin America and the Caribbean from the pre-colonial period to the present day, the book responds to environmental history’s call to write biophysical environments into the human past – a reconsideration of historical agency that, in this era of climate change, is needed now more than ever. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Latin America and the Caribbean’s more-than-human pasts Diogo de Carvalho Cabral, André Vasques Vital, and Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 1 Performative objects: Konduri iconography as a window into precolonial Amazonian ontologies Luisa Vidal de Oliveira and Denise Maria Cavalcante Gomes </li> <li> 2 Under a weak sun at the Southern rim of South America (1540-1650) Margarita Gascón </li> <li> 3 Extreme weather in New Spain and Guatemala: the Great Drought (1768-1773) Luis Alberto Arrioja Díaz Viruell and María Dolores Ramírez Vega </li> <li> 4 Water labour: urban metabolism, energy, and rivers in nineteenth-century Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Bruno Capilé and Lise Fernanda Sedrez </li> <li> 5 ‘Forjadores de la nación’: rethinking the role of earthquakes in Chilean history Magdalena Gil </li> <li> 6 Human-insect relations in Northeast Brazil’s twentieth-century sugar industry José Marcelo Marques Ferreira Filho </li> <li> 7 “We are the air, the land, the pampas…”: campesino politics and the other-than-human in highland Bolivia 1970-1990 Olivia Arigho-Stiles </li> <li> 8 Tongues in trees and sermons in stones: Jason Allen-Paisant’s Ecopoetics in Thinking with Trees Hannah Regis </li> <li> 9 Animating the waters, hydrating History: control and contingency in Latin American animations André Vasques Vital </li> <li> Afterword: More complete stories and better explanations for a renewed worldview Claudia Leal </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20240725 13 15 9781915249500 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/more-than-human-histories-of-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cmpd3083.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:bfaeb46b-fd44-42f2-894d-e2b4e477aadc 15 9781912250417 06 10.14296/0520.9781912250417 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Natural Resource Development and Human Rights in Latin America State and non-state actors in the promotion of and opposition to extractivism 1 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos 2 B01 Radosław Powęska 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 Environmental Humanities 20 indigenous people 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL044000 10 BUS099000 20 environment 12 KCN 93 KCVG B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 human rights 20 extractivism 20 China 20 rainforest 20 healing plants 20 nature 20 trees 20 REDD+ 20 Human Rights Impact Assessments 20 violence 20 neogeography 20 urbanism 20 floods 20 landslides 20 Grand Canal 20 Nicaragua 20 decoloniality 20 colonialism 20 neocolonialism 20 eco-violence 20 ecology 20 natural environment 03 00 Contemporary development debates in Latin America are marked by the pursuit of economic growth, technological improvement and poverty reduction, and are overshadowed by growing concerns about the preservation of the environment and human rights. This collection’s multidisciplinary perspective links local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry into the interaction of state and non-state actors involved in promoting or opposing natural resource development. Taking this approach allows the book to contemplate the complex panorama of competing visions, concepts and interests grounded in the mutual influences and interdependencies which shape the contemporary arena of social-environmental conflicts in the region. 04 00 1. Forces of resistance and human rights: deconstructing natural resource development in Latin America Malayna Raftopoulos and Radosław Powęska 2. Indigenous rights in the era of ‘indigenous state’: how interethnic conflicts and state appropriation of indigenous agenda hinder the challenge to extractivism in Bolivia Radosław Powęska 3. REDD+ and human rights in Latin America: addressing indigenous peoples’ concerns though the use of Human Rights Impact Assessments Malayna Raftopoulos 4. Violence in the actions of indigenous peoples from the Amazon region as a result of environmental conflicts Magdalena Krysińska-Kałużna 5. Neogeography, development and human rights in Latin America Doug Specht 6. From human rights to an urbanising environmental politics: understanding flood and landslide vulnerability in Brazil’s coastal mountains Robert Coates 7. Human rights and socio-environmental conflict in Nicaragua’s Grand Canal project Joanna Morley 8. Sustainable development, the politics of place and decoloniality: contradictory or complementary approaches to Latin American futures? Bogumila Lisocka-Jaegermann 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200522 13 15 9781912250011 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/natural-resource-development-and-human-rights-in-latin-america/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781912250417.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:8e7885e4-98fd-4000-92ee-f45fe1bcdb17 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8e7885e4-98fd-4000-92ee-f45fe1bcdb17 15 9781914477409 06 10.14296/420.9781914477409 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 New Fragments of Menander’s Epitrepontes 1 B01 William D. Furley 01 eng 00 89 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 12 DSBB 93 DSBB 10 LCO003000 20 New Comedy 20 ancient theatre 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 20 comedy 20 Menander 20 Athenian life 20 Greek polis 20 family life in antiquity 20 women in antiquity 03 00 In this brand new and exquisite 2021 translation of the classic Greek play, Epitrepontes</italic>, or 'The Arbitration', produced around 300 BC, Menander tackles the subject of a broken marriage. Charisios has left his young wife Pamphile over a suspected infidelity and moved in with his neighbour to drown his sorrows in wine and women, specifically, a spirited harp-girl called Habrotonon. The irate father-in-law will not tolerate this waste of a good dowry and demands of his daughter that she divorce. Bravely she holds out against her father's tirades and remains loyal to her husband.A complex and masterly dramatic sequence ensures that by the end 'all's well that ends well' - and Menander has struck a blow for equality of the sexes, for understanding over arrogance and pride. Menander's subtle and, ultimately, good-natured treatment of marital crisis and family tensions, themes which, despite the ancient dress of strict metre and theatrical convention, are strikingly modern, not to say timeless.A large portion of the Epitrepontes</italic> was recovered from oblivion in 1905. Now, this startling collection of the new fragments, complete with papyrological readings, translation and commentary, brings together the scholarly work from separate fragments to date, including the author's own edition and interpretation and a revised text of the play in entirety included as an appendix.The commentary aims to explain the printed text, to place Menander's language in the context of Athenian dramatic art and rhetoric, and to appreciate his subtle insights into the psychology of his characters, from the huffy father-in-law Smikrines to the 'little people' of the comedy, the slaves, each with their private agenda. 04 00 Revised Text Composite Reading Translation Commentary Appendix 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210601 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781914477409.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-fragments-of-menanders-epitrepontes/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5a0c233d-24a2-41ce-9c00-338eacd1323a 15 9781908857835 06 10.14296/2104.9781908857835 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 New World Objects of Knowledge A Cabinet of Curiosities 1 B01 Mark Thurner 2 B01 Juan Pimentel 01 eng 00 301 03 93 AGA 10 ART015020 12 HBJK B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 New World 20 Inca 93 NHK 10 SCI100000 12 WN 93 1K 20 North America 93 2ACB 20 Central America 93 3M 20 Darwin 20 nature 20 artefacts 03 00 From the late fifteenth century to the present day, countless explorers, conquerors, and other agents of empire have laid siege to the New World, plundering and pilfering its most precious artefacts and treasures. Today, these natural and cultural products—which are key to conceptualizing a history of Latin America—are scattered in museums around the world.<break/><break/>With contributions from a renowned set of scholars, New World Objects of Knowledge</italic> delves into the hidden histories of forty of the New World’s most iconic artifacts, from the Inca mummy to Darwin’s hummingbirds. This volume is richly illustrated with photos and sketches from the archives and museums hosting these objects. Each artifact is accompanied by a comprehensive essay covering its dynamic, often global, history and itinerary. This volume will be an indispensable catalog of New World objects and how they have helped shape our modern world 04 00 Introduction by Mark Thurner and Juan Pimentel Part 1: ARTIFICIALIA 1 Codex Mendoza by Daniela Bleichmar 2 Macuilxochitl by Juan Pimentel 3 Potosi by Kris Lane 4 Piece of Eight by Alejandra Irigoin and Bridget Millmore 5 Pieza de Indias by Pablo Gomez 6 Rubber by Heloisa Maria Bertol Domingues and Emilie Ana Carreón Blaine 7 Silver Basin by Mariana Francozo 8 Feathered Shield by Linda Baez 9 Black by Adrian Masters 10 Cards by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 11 Mary’s Armadillo by Peter Mason 12 Mexican Portrait by Andrés Gutiérrez Usillos 13 Clay Vessel by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 14 Singing Violin by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 15 Creole Cabinet by Juan Pimentel and Mark Thurner 16 Modern Quipu by Sabine and William Hyland 17 Memory Palaces by Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 18 Inca Mummy by Christopher Heaney 19 Xilonen by Miruna Achim 20 Machu Picchu by Amy Cox-Hall PART 2: NATURALIA 21 Amazon by Roberto Chauca 22 Bird of Paradise by Jose Ramon Marcaida 23 Emeralds by Kris Lane 24 Pearls by Jorge Canizares Esguerra 25 Cochineal by Miruna Achim 26 Opossum by Jose Ramon Marcaida 27 Guinea Pig by Helen Cowie 28 Bezoar by Jose Pardo-Tomas 29 Cacao by Peter Mason 30 Strawberry by Elisa and Ana Sevilla 31 Volcano by Sophie Brockmann 32 Andes by Mark Thurner and Jorge Canizares-Esguerra 33 Anteater by Helen Cowie 34 Megatherium by Juan Pimentel 35 Tapir by Irina Podgorny 36 Cinchona by Matthew Crawford 37 Potato by Rebecca Earle 38 Guano by Gregory Cushman 39 Tortoise by Elizabeth Hennessey 40 Darwin’s Hummingbird by Iris Montero 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210430 13 15 9781908857828 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2104.9781908857835.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/new-world-objects-of-knowledge/ 99 01 urn:uuid:49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:49e2dac3-d2cd-4dde-acf7-a9d197ef0a2a 15 9781909646582 06 10.14296/917.9781909646582 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Octavia Hill, social activism and the remaking of British society 1 B01 Elizabeth Baigent 2 B01 Ben Cowell 01 eng 00 350 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 20 Octavia Hill 12 HB 20 National Trust 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 20 Humanitarianism 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 Charity 12 3F 93 3KL 20 British Parks 93 4CT 20 Activism 20 Social Reforms 20 Victorian London 20 Feminism 03 00 This volume reassesses the life and work of Octavia Hill, housing reformer, open space campaigner, co-founder of the National Trust, founder of the Army Cadet Force, and the first woman to be invited to sit on a royal commission. In her lifetime she was widely regarded as an authority on a broad range of social problems. Yet despite her early pre-eminence, and the remarkable success of the institutions which she helped to found, Hill fell from public favour in the twentieth century. This book provides a nuanced portrait of Hill and her work in a broader context of social change, reflecting recent scholarship on nineteenth-century society in general, and on philanthropy and preservation, and women’s role in them, in particular. 04 00 Foreword - Dame Helen Ghosh, director general, National Trust I. ‘The habit of seeing and sorting out problems’: Octavia Hill’s life and afterlife 1. Octavia Hill: ‘the most misunderstood … Victorian reformer’ - Elizabeth Baigent 2. Octavia Hill: lessons in campaigning - Gillian Darley II. ‘Beauty is for all’: art in the life and work of Octavia Hill 3. Octavia Hill: the practice of sympathy and the art of housing - William Whyte 4. Octavia Hill’s Red Cross Hall and its murals to heroic self-sacrifice - John Price 5. ‘The poor, as well as the rich, need something more than meat and drink’: the vision of the Kyrle Society - Robert Whelan 6. Octavia Hill: the reluctant sitter - Elizabeth Heath III. ‘The value of abundant good air’: Octavia Hill and the meanings of nature 7. Octavia Hill, nature and open space: crowning success or campaigning ‘utterly without result’ - Elizabeth Baigent 8. Octavia Hill and the English landscape - Paul Readman IV. ‘A common inheritance from generation to generation’: Octavia Hill and preservation 9. ‘To every landless man, woman and child in England’: Octavia Hill and the preservation movement - Astrid Swenson 10. Octavia Hill and the National Trust - Melanie Hall V. ‘The loving zeal of individuals which cannot be legislated for by Parliament’: Octavia Hill’s vision in historical context 11. At home in the metropolis: gender and ideals of social service - Jane Garnett 12. Octavia Hill, Beatrice Webb, and the Royal Commission on the Poor Laws, 1905–9: a mid Victorian in an Edwardian world - Lawrence Goldman VI. Hill’s legacy 13. ‘Some dreadful buildings in Southwark’: a tour of nineteenth-century social housing - William Whyte 14. For the benefit of the nation: politics and the early National Trust - Ben Cowell 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20171201 13 15 9781909646001 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646582.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/octavia-hill-social-activism-and-the-remaking-of-british-society/ 99 01 urn:uuid:cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cb1dd0cb-ac9c-4771-b585-04b092d41f91 15 9781909646568 06 10.14296/118.9781909646568 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 People, Texts and Artefacts Cultural Transmission in the Medieval Norman Worlds 1 B01 David Bates 2 B01 Edoardo D'Angelo 3 B01 Elisabeth Houts 01 eng 00 295 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 N 20 Normans 93 3K 20 medieval 20 Norman culture 20 conquest 20 Europe 20 medieval history 20 cultural exchange 03 00 This volume is based on two international conferences held in 2013 and 2014 at Ariano Irpino, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge. It contains essays by leading scholars in the field. Like the conferences, the volume seeks to enhance interdisciplinary and international dialogue between those who work on the Normans and their conquests in northern and southern Europe in an original way. It has as its central theme issues related to cultural transfer, treated as being of a pan-European kind across the societies that the Normans conquered and as occurring within the distinct societies of the northern and southern conquests. These issues are also shown to be an aspect of the interaction between the Normans and the peoples they subjugated, among whom many then settled. 04 00 Introduction David Bates and Elisabeth van Houts 1. Harness pendants and the rise of armory John Baker 2. The transmission of medical culture in the Norman worlds c.1050–c.1250 Elma Brenner 3. Towards a critical edition of Petrus de Ebulo’s De Balneis Puteolanis: new hypotheses Teofilo De Angelis 4. A Latin school in the Norman principality of Antioch Edoardo D’Angelo 5. Culti e agiografie d’età normanna in Italia meridionale Amalia Galdi 6. The landscape of Anglo-Norman England: chronology and cultural transmission Robert Liddiard 7. The medieval archives of the abbey of S. Trinità, Cava G. A. Loud 8. Écrire la conquête: une comparaison des récits de Guillaume de Poitiers et de Geoffroi Malaterra Marie-Agnès Lucas-Avenel 9. Bede’s legacy in William of Malmesbury and Henry of Huntingdon Alheydis Plassmann 10. The transformation of Norman charters in the twelfth century Daniel Power 11. Corpora and cultural transmission? Political uses of the body in Norman texts, 1050–1150 Patricia Skinner 12. Homage in the Latin chronicles of eleventh- and twelfth-century Normandy Alice Taylor 13. Weights and measures in the Norman-Swabian kingdom of Sicily Mario Rosario Zecchino 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180131 13 15 9781909646537 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/118.9781909646568.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/people-texts-and-artefacts/ 99 01 urn:uuid:faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:faba92ce-8327-4081-aa96-5789a641f60b 15 9781905670680 06 10.14296/917.9781905670697 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Persuasive Language in Cicero’s Pro Milone: A close reading and commentary 1 A01 Lynn S. Fotheringham 01 eng 00 520 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DS 12 DS 10 LCO003000 20 syntax 12 HBLA1 20 linguistics 93 NHC 20 ancient literature 20 language 20 Cicero 20 late republican discourse 03 00 This innovative approach to Cicero's persuasive language analyses the style and structure of one of his important speeches in more detail than has ever been done before.<break/><break/>It applies ideas from modern linguistics (sentential topic, lexical patterning, interactional discourse), and explores the possibilities and limitations of quantitative analysis, made easier by modern computing power, in the areas of syntax and vocabulary.<break/><break/>The result is a reading of the Pro Milone </italic>as a unified text, whether aimed at persuading the jury to acquit Milo or at persuading a wider audience that Milo should have been acquitted. <break/><break/>This reading not only contributes to our understanding of late republican discourse, but also suggests a new methodology for using the study of language and style to illuminate literary/historical aspects of texts. 04 00 Introduction – how to use this book Essay on approach: reading style for substance 1 1. Introduction 1.1. Trial, text, commentary 1.2. Historical issues 1.3. Style and close reading 2. The structure of the text 2.1. General principles 2.1.1. A note on paragraphs and sections 2.2. Rhetorical theory 2.3. ‘Topic’ and the Topic-Sentence 2.3.1. Topic-sentences and existing structural analyses 3. Style 3.1. General principles 3.2. Syntax and complexity 3.2.1. A note on ‘Periodicity’ and other terminology 3.3. Complexity and structure 3.3.1. Complexity and existing structural analyses 4. Vocabulary 4.1. General principles 4.2. Vocabulary and structure 4.2.1. Vocabulary distribution and existing structural analyses 5. Interaction 5.1. Shifts in speaker and addressee 5.2. Speakers, addressees and structure 6. Conclusion 7. Text 8. Commentary 9. Bibliography 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170901 13 15 9781905670482 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670697.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/persuasive-language-in-ciceros-pro-milone-a-close-reading-and-commentary/ 99 01 urn:uuid:8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8f950943-930c-4f7a-9cc3-2bbca4fc797f 15 9781915249012 06 10.14296/vfsr7023 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Pieter Geyl and Britain Encounters, Controversies, Impact 1 B01 Stijn van Rossem 2 B01 Ulrich Tiedau 01 eng 00 272 03 12 HBAH 10 HIS016000 B2 History 93 NHAH 20 Pieter Geyl 10 BIO032000 12 JFCX 93 JNB 20 Nazi Germany 12 1DDN 93 1DDN 10 HIS015070 20 public intellectual 10 1.2.5.0.0.0.0 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 20 postwar history 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 Leiden 12 3JJ 93 3MP 93 6AG 03 00 Pieter Geyl (1887—1966) was undoubtedly one of the most internationally renowned Dutch historians of the twentieth century, but also one of the most controversial. Having come to the UK as a journalist, he started his academic career at the University of London in the aftermath of World War I (1919) and played an important role in the early days of the Institute of Historical Research. Known in this time for his re-interpretation of the sixteenth-century Dutch Revolt against the Habsburgs, that challenged existing historiographies of both Belgium and the Netherlands but was also linked to his political activism in favour of the Flemish movement in Belgium, Geyl left his stamp on the British perception of Low Countries history before moving back to his country of origin in 1935. Having spent World War II in German hostage camps, he famously coined the adage of history being ‘a discussion without end’ and re-engaged in public debates with British historians after the war, partly conducted on the airwaves of the BBC. A prolific writer and an early example of a ‘public intellectual’, Geyl remains one of the most influential thinkers on history of his time. The present volume re-examines Geyl’s relationship with Britain (and the Anglophone world at large) and sheds new light on his multifaceted work as a historian, journalist, homme de lettres </italic>and political activist. 04 00 1. Geyl and Britain: an introduction Ulrich Tiedau / Stijn van Rossem 2. The Greater Netherlands Idea of Pieter Geyl (1887–1966) Pieter van Hees 3. Pieter Geyl and Émile Cammaerts: the Dutch and Belgian chairs at the University of London between academia and propaganda, 1914–1935 Ulrich Tiedau 4. Pieter Geyl and the Institute of Historical Research Stijn van Rossem 8. ‘It is a part of me’: The literary ambitions of Pieter Geyl Wim Berkelaar 7. Pieter Geyl and the Idea of Federalism Leen Dorsman 6. Debating Toynbee after the Holocaust: Pieter Geyl as a post-war public historian Remco Ensel 5. Pieter Geyl and the Eighteenth Century Reinier Salverda 9. The Historiographical Legacy of Pieter Geyl for Revolutionary and Napoleonic Studies Mark Edward Hay 10. Pieter Geyl and his entanglement with German Westforschung Alisa van Kleef 11. Between Leuven and Utrecht: the Afterlife of Pieter Geyl and ‘Greater Netherlands’ Fons Meijer 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220929 13 15 9781915249005 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfsr7023.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/pieter-geyl-and-britain/ 99 01 urn:uuid:802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709 03 01 01 urn:uuid:802820ed-a809-40a1-b4f1-0d6728949709 15 9781914477904 06 10.63674/wujq4585 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Postcards, Translators and Esperanto Pioneers An Alternative History of International Communication 1 A01 21 0000-0002-5223-3362 Guilherme Fians 2 A01 21 0000-0003-0438-5633 Bernhard Struck 3 A01 21 0000-0002-3868-3754 Claire Taylor 01 eng 20 Esperanto 12 HBJD 10 HIS015000 B2 History 93 NHTB 12 CBX 93 CBX 20 globalisation 10 LAN009000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 12 GTC 93 GTC 10 HIS037070 20 modern 12 1DBKS 20 internationalism 93 JBSF1 10 SOC032000 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2ZXP 20 transnational 93 2ZXP 12 3JH 20 history 12 3JJ 93 3MN 20 European 93 3MP 20 Scotland 20 constructed languages 20 correspondence 20 exchange 20 networks 20 community-building 03 00 The early twentieth century was a time when steamships, international postal services and the telephone were setting the pace of an early wave of globalisation in Europe. In this increasingly international scenario, what role did language play? To address the geopolitical problem of cross-border linguistic (mis)understanding, international auxiliary languages like Esperanto were created. But what happened to a constructed language when it travelled to different places?This book tackles these questions by exploring the letters, postcards and activities of John Beveridge (1857–1943) and his family. This Scottish clergyman was a proficient Esperanto speaker, translator and co-founder of several Esperanto organisations. His long-standing engagement with the language left a unique archive that reveals how many Esperanto speakers exchanged letters across borders, produced literature for an international readership, organised congresses and used this language as an entry point into modernity and globalisation from their ‘marginal’ positions in the world.By tracing this language-based form of grassroots internationalism, the book uncovers wide-reaching networks connecting a corner of Scotland with rural settings and villages in Finland, Bulgaria and Brazil. Ultimately, it asks: what do we learn about international communication and globalisation through the lens of Esperanto and postcards? Focusing on a constructed language and communication technologies that preceded the dominance of global English and social media, this book offers an alternative vantage point on the history of international communication. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Building worlds with words </li> <li> 1 Grassroots internationalism from small places: Pen, ink and the forging of friendships in a constructed language </li> <li> 2 From learning the language to founding local clubs: The making of an Esperanto speaker </li> <li> 3 Gendered talk: Esperanto-speaking women and languages of egalitarianism </li> <li> 4 Speaking of the Lord to the Master: John Beveridge, Ludwik Zamenhof and the Esperanto translation of the Bible </li> <li> Conclusion: The history of international communication via postcards and Esperanto </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20251113 13 15 9781914477874 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/wujq4585.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/postcards-translators-and-esperanto-pioneers/ 99 01 urn:uuid:e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e8d43213-c624-4735-a77a-928c33af71fa 15 9781912702633 06 10.14296/202110.9781912702633 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Precarious Professionals Gender, Identities and Social Change in Modern Britain 1 B01 Heidi Egginton 2 B01 Zoë Thomas 01 eng 00 368 03 12 HBLW 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 LGBT 93 NHTB 12 HBJD1 93 JBFA 10 POL029000 20 women 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 20 equality 93 LAQG 93 1DDU 12 2AB 20 feminism 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 20 homophobia 93 3MP 20 misogyny 20 the Home Office 20 Britain 20 law 20 ballet 20 white-collar work 20 profession 20 advertising 20 League Secretariat 20 worker's rights 20 the Pay Gap 03 00 Precarious Professionals</italic> uncovers the inequalities and insecurities which lay at the heart of professional life in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Britain. The book challenges conventional categories in the history of work, exploring instead the everyday labour of maintaining a professional identity on the margins of the traditional professions. Situating new historical perspectives on gender at the forefront of their research, the contributors explore how professional cultures could not only define themselves against, but often flourished outside of, the confines of patriarchal codes and structures.Putting the lives of precarious professionals in dialogue with master narratives in modern British history, the chapters in this volume re-evaluate the relationship between professional identity and social change. The collection offers twelve fascinating studies of women and men who held positions in art and science, high culture and popular journalism, private enterprise and public service between the 1840s and the 1960s. From pioneering women lawyers and scientists to ballet dancers, secretaries, historians, humanitarian relief workers, social researchers, and Cold War diplomats, the book reveals that precarity was a thread woven throughout the very fabric of modern professional life, with far-reaching implications for the study of power, privilege, and expertise. Together, these essays enrich our understanding of the histories and mysteries of professional identity and help us to reimagine the future of work in precarious times. 04 00 Introduction Heidi Egginton and Zoë Thomas1. Anna Jameson and the Claims of Art Criticism in Nineteenth Century England Benjamin Dabby2. Women, Science and Professional Identity, c.1860-1914 Claire G. Jones3. Brother barristers: Masculinity and the Culture of the Victorian Bar Ren Pepitone4. Legal Paperwork and Public Policy: Eliza Orme’s Professional Expertise in Late-Victorian Britain Leslie Howsam5. Marriage and Metalwork: Gender and Professional Status in Edith and Nelson Dawson’s Arts and Crafts Partnership Zoë Thomas6 ‘Giggling Adolescents’ to Refugees, Bullets, and Wolves: Francesca Wilson Finds a Profession Ellen Ross7. Women at Work in the League Secretariat Susan Pedersen8. Ninette de Valois and the Transformation of Early-Twentieth Century British Ballet Laura Quinton9. Archives, Autobiography, and the Professional Woman: The Personal Papers of Mary Agnes Hamilton Heidi Egginton10. Women Historians in the Twentieth Century Laura Carter11. Feminism, Selfhood, and Social Research: Professional Women’s Organisations in 1960s Britain Helen McCarthy12. The ‘Spotting a Homosexual Checklist’: Masculinity, Homosexuality, and the British Foreign Office, 1965-1970 James SouthernAfterword Christina de Bellaigue 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20211015 13 15 9781912702596 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202110.9781912702633.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/precarious-professionals/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5854e75e-c308-4b7d-84fd-a035d6426788 15 9781905670697 06 10.14296/917.9781905670680 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Profession and Performance: Aspects of oratory in the Greco-Roman world 1 B01 Christos Kremmydas 2 B01 Jonathan Powell 3 B01 Lene Rubinstein 01 eng 00 140 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 10 DRA006000 12 HBLA1 93 NHC 20 rhetoric 93 DNS 12 DNS 20 oratory 20 ancient Greece 20 ancient Rome 20 performance 20 law 03 00 This volume brings together six papers relating to oratory and orators in public fora</italic> of Classical Greece and Rome.Edwards and Bers explore aspects of oratorical delivery in the Athenian courts and Assembly, including the demands placed on orators by the physical settings. Tempest examines the conceptions of oratorical competence and incompetence, particularly in respect of performance, as they are implied in Cicero’s criticisms of the rival prosecutor in the trial of Verres.Papers by Karambelas and Powell look at evidence for the importance of advocacy in the Second Sophistic and the late Roman Empire respectively.In an introduction, the editors discuss recurrent themes connected with the orator’s competence and performance, while the final paper of the volume, by Lord Justice Laws, reflects on the continuing relevance of rhetoric in the modern, highly professionalised practice of the law in England. 04 00 Introduction - Jonathan Powell, Lene Rubinstein, and Christos Kremmydas Mike Edwards - Hypokritēs in action: delivery in Greek rhetoric Victor Bers - Performing the speech in Athenian courts and assembly: adjusting the act to fit the bēma? Kathryn Tempest - Staging a prosecution: aspects of performance in Cicero’s Verrines Dimitris Karambelas - Synēgoroi as ‘healers’ in the social imagination of the Imperial age Jonathan Powell - The exploits of Honorius: evidence for Roman advocacy in the time of Justinian Sir John Laws - The rhetoric of the Common Law 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170901 13 15 9781905670512 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/profession-and-performance-aspects-of-oratory-in-the-greco-roman-world/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670680.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3b92549d-f63e-4a18-9eea-df9d9d088cba 15 9781914477140 06 10.14296/npin8958 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Providing for the Poor The Old Poor Law, 1750–1834 1 B01 Peter Collinge 2 B01 Louise Falcini 01 eng 00 224 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 20 poverty 93 JBFC 12 JFFA 10 SOC045000 20 urban poor 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 10 HIS015050 20 London 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 British cities 10 HIS015060 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 3JH 93 3MNQ-GB-V 20 The Old Poor Law 93 3ML-GB-P 20 sixpence 93 6AG 20 workhouse 20 paupers 20 vagrancy 20 Bedlam 20 poor women 20 work 20 labour 20 class 20 poor relief 20 dress history 20 unmarried women 20 illegitimate children 03 00 The Old Poor Law in England and Wales, administered by the local parish, dispensed benefits to paupers providing a uniquely comprehensive, pre-modern system of relief. Remaining in force until 1834, the law provided goods and services to keep the poor alive.Combining short- and long-form articles and essays, Providing for the Poor</italic> brings together academics and practitioners from across disciplines to re-examine the micro-politics of poverty in the long eighteenth century through the eyes of the poor, their providers and enablers. From the providence of the parochial sixpence given in order to move a beggar on, to coercive marriages, plebeian clothing and the much broader implications of vagrancy towards the end of the long eighteenth century, this volume aims to bridge the gaps in our understanding of the experiences of people across the social spectrum whose lives were touched by the Old Poor Law. It brings together some of the wider arguments concerning the nature of welfare during economically testing times, and navigates the rising bureaucracy inherent in the system, to produce a radical new history of the Old Poor Law in astonishing detail. 04 00 Introduction Peter Collinge and Louise Falcini Part I: Paupers and Vagrants Chapter 1. Accounting for Illegitimacy: parish politics and the poor Louise Falcini Interlude 1. Thomas Woolgar the Mystery Man Jean Irvin Chapter 2. Clothing the Poor Elizabeth Spencer Interlude 2. Elizabeth Overing in Bedlam Elizabeth Hughes Chapter 3. Vagrancy, Poor Relief and the Parish Tim Hitchcock Interlude 3. Elizabeth Malbon (c.1743–1801) Dianne Shenton Part II: Providers and Enablers, and their Critics Chapter 4. Women, Business and the Old Poor Law Peter Collinge Interlude 4. The Wilkinsons and the Griffin Inn, Penrith Margaret Dean Chapter 5. The Overseers’ Assistant: taking a parish salary, 1800–1834 Alannah Tomkins Interlude 5. The Parochial Career of James Finlinson (1783–1847) William Bundred Chapter 6. Who cares? Mismanagement, neglect and suffering in the final decades of the old poor laws Samantha Shave Interlude 6. Abel Rooker (1787–1867), Surgeon Janet Kisz Part III: Public Histories Chapter 7. Public Histories and Collaborative Working Louise Falcini and Peter Collinge Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220829 13 15 9781914477102 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/providing-for-the-poor/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/npin8958.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062 03 01 01 urn:uuid:39fc5f04-6ff2-4a61-b088-482d5a293062 15 9781908857811 06 10.14296/0420.9781908857811 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Provincialising nature: multidisciplinary approaches to the politics of the environment in Latin America 1 B01 Michela Coletta 2 B01 Malayna Raftopoulos 01 eng 00 218 03 B2 Environmental Humanities 12 JPSL 20 Latin America 93 PSAF 10 SCI030000 93 1KL 20 environmental crisis B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 nature 20 identity 20 climate change 20 politics 03 00 Provincialising Nature: Multidisciplinary Approaches to the Politics of the Environment in Latin America offers a timely analysis of some of the crucial challenges, contradictions and promises within current environmental discourses and practices in the region. This book shows both challenging scenarios and original perspectives that have emerged in Latin America in relation to the globally urgent issues of climate change and the environmental crisis. Two interconnected analytical frameworks guide the discussions in the book: the relationship between nature, knowledge and identity and their role in understanding recent and current practices of climate change and environmental policy. The different chapters in this volume contribute to this debate by offering multidisciplinary perspectives on particular aspects of these two frameworks and through a multidirectional outlook that links the local, national, regional and transnational levels of inquiry across a diverse geographical spectrum. 04 00 1. Whose natures? Whose knowledges? An introduction to epistemic politics and eco-ontologies in Latin America Michela Coletta and Malayna Raftopoulos 2. The poetics of plants in Latin American literature Lesley Wylie 3. Hybrid traditions: permaculture, plants and the politics of nature in El Salvador Naomi Millner 4. Agri-cultural practice and agroecological discourse in the Anthropocene: confronting environmental change and food insecurity in Latin America and the Caribbean Graham Woodgate 5. Brazil and the international politics of climate change: leading by example? Marieke Riethof 6. REDD+ in Latin America: promises and challenges Anthony Hall 7. Nature, space, identity and resource extraction: paradoxes of discourses around indigeneity and environment in Bolivia Katinka Weber 8. The difference indigeneity makes: socio-natures, knowledges and contested policy in Ecuador Sarah A. Radcliffe 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200508 13 15 9781908857200 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/provincialising-nature-multidisciplinary-approaches-to-the-politics-of-the-environment-in-latin-america/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781908857811.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 03 01 01 urn:uuid:125213ba-d3f5-4244-a0c7-684a6e37fb52 15 9781913002053 06 10.14296/2105.9781913002053 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Queer Between the Covers Histories of Queer Publishing and Publishing Queer Voices 1 B01 Leila Kassir 2 B01 Richard Espley 01 eng 00 144 03 12 DS 93 DS 20 LGBTQ 10 LIT004160 B2 Literary Studies 93 JBSJ 12 JFSK 10 LAN027000 20 publishing 20 communities 12 KNTP 93 KNTP1 20 queer history 20 representation 20 sexual politics 03 00 Queer Between the Covers</italic> presents a history of radical queer publishing and literature from 1880 to the modern day. Chronicling the gay struggle for acceptance and liberation, this book demonstrates how the fight for representation was often waged secretly between the covers of books at a time when public spaces for queer identities were limited. The chapters provide an array of voices and histories – from the famous, Derek Jarman and Oscar Wilde, to the lesser-known and underappreciated John Wieners and Valerie Taylor. It includes first-hand accounts of seminal moments in queer history, including the birth of Hazard Press and the Defend Gay’s the Word Bookshop campaign in the 1980s.The book demonstrates how the queer community could be brought together through shared literature. The works discussed show the imaginative and radical ways in which queer texts have fought against censorship and repression and could be used as a tool for political organisation and production. From the powerful community-wide demonstrations for Gay’s the Word during their battle with the British government, the mapping of Chicago’s queer spaces within Valerie Taylor’s pulp novels, or the anonymous but likely shared authorship of the 19th-century queer text Teleny. Queer publishing often involved a range of creative tactics to beat the censor, from self-publishing to anonymous authorship. The book also shows how collage and the repurposing of found image and text became a key queer publishing practice, from Derek Jarman’s vast creative repertoire to book artwork created by the Hazard Press.A fascinating and poignant analysis of some key historic moments for queer lib in publishing and book history, this is an essential read for those interested in how LGBTQ people throughout modernity have used literature as an important forum for self-expression and self-actualisation when spaces and sites for queer expression were taboo. 04 00 Introduction Leila Kassir and Richard Espley“A Gay Presence”: Publication & Revision in John Wieners’ Behind the State Capitol David GrundyDerek Jarman's Queer Histories: Derek Jarman's Caravaggio Alexandra ParsonsThe Queer Art Of Artists’ Books: Hazard Press Jeremy Dixon‘Teleny: A Tale of Two Cities’ Will ViscontiMidwestern Farmers’ Daughters: Heartland Values and Cloaked Resistance in the Novels of Valerie Taylor Jennifer DentelSaving Gay’s The Word Graham McKerrow 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210512 13 15 9781913002046 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781913002053.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/queer-between-the-covers/ 99 01 urn:uuid:a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a23069cb-67b8-49a9-931c-80e4c2e97761 15 9781913002015 06 10.14296/1218.9781913002015 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Radical Collections: Re-examining the roots of collections, practices and information professions 1 B01 Jordan Landes 2 B01 Richard Espley 01 eng 00 90 03 20 curation 10 EDU029060 12 GLC 93 GLM B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 GLH 93 GLH 10 LAN025040 20 stories 20 representation 20 diversity 20 politics 20 archives 03 00 Do archivists ‘curate’ history? And to what extent are our librarians the gatekeepers of knowledge?<break/><break/> Libraries and archives have a long and rich history of compiling ‘radical collections’- from Klanwatch Project in the States to the R. D. Laing Archive in Glasgow, but a re-examination of the information professions and all aspects of managing those collections is long overdue. This new book shines a light on pressing topical issues within library and information services (LIS)- to encompass selection, appraisal and accession, through to organisation and classification, and including promotion and use. Will libraries survive as victims of neoliberal marketization? Do we have a responsibility to collect and document ‘white hate’ in the era of Trump? And how can a predominantly white (96.7%) LIS workforce effectively collect and tell POC histories? 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20181213 13 15 9781913002008 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/radical-collections-re-examining-the-roots-of-collections-practices-and-information-professions/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1218.9781913002015.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ade0cf87-7765-4216-8db1-4b8630d9487b 15 9781909646728 06 10.14296/917.9781909646728 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Ravenna Its role in earlier medieval change and exchange 1 B01 Judith Herrin 2 B01 Jinty Nelson 01 eng 00 362 03 20 Early Medieval Ravenna 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 HB 20 Italy 93 NH 12 1DST 93 1DST-IT-TGV 20 Ostrogoths 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 Constantinople 12 3F 93 3KL 20 Medieval Art History 93 4CT 20 Social History 20 Medieval Christianity 20 Adriatic trade 03 00 In the long-debated transition from late antiquity to the early middle ages, the city of Ravenna presents a story rich and strange. From the fourth century onwards it suffered decline in economic terms. Yet its geographical position, its status as an imperial capital, and above all its role as a connecting point between East and West, ensured that it remained an intermittent attraction for early medieval kings and emperors throughout the period from the late fifth to the eleventh century. Ravenna’s story is all the more interesting because it was complicated and unpredictable: discontinuous and continuous, sometimes obscure, sometimes including bursts of energetic activity. Throughout the early medieval centuries its flame sometimes flared, sometimes flickered, but never went out. 04 00 Introduction1 A tale of two cities: Rome and Ravenna under Gothic rulePeter Heather2 Episcopal commemoration in late fifth-century RavennaDeborah M. Deliyannis 3 Production, promotion and reception: the visual culture of Ravenna between late antiquity and the middle agesMaria Cristina Carile 4 Ravenna in the sixth century: the archaeology of changeCarola Jäggi5 The circulation of marble in the Adriatic Sea at the time of JustinianYuri A. Marano6 Social instability and economic decline of the Ostrogothic community in the aftermath of the imperial victory: the papyri evidenceSalvatore Cosentino7 A striking evolution: the mint of Ravenna during the early middle agesVivien Prigent 8 Roman law in RavennaSimon Corcoran9 The church of Ravenna, Constantinople and Rome in the seventh centuryVeronica Ortenberg West-Harling10 Nobility, aristocracy and status in early medieval RavennaEdward M. Schoolman11 Charlemagne and RavennaJinty Nelson12 The early medieval naming-world of Ravenna, eastern Romagna and the PentapolisWolfgang Haubrichs13 San Severo and religious life in Ravenna during the ninth and tenth centuriesAndrea Augenti and Enrico Cirelli 14 Life and learning in earlier eleventh-century Ravenna: the evidence of Peter Damian’s lettersMichael Gledhill15 Culture and society in Ottonian Ravenna: imperial renewal or new beginnings?Tom Brown 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170731 13 15 9781909646148 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ravenna/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646728.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1a4b919f-df48-4949-b7df-bbe7331dead0 15 9781915249425 06 10.14296/xisg9568 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reading, Gender and Identity in Seventeenth-Century England 1 A01 Hannah Jeans 01 eng 12 HBLH 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTB 20 women 12 HBTB 93 JBSF1 10 LIT025050 20 reading habits 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 2AB 20 literature 93 2ACB 20 early modern 93 3MG 20 gender norms 20 identity 20 genre 20 books 20 news 20 religious texts 20 romances 20 cook books 20 treatises 20 household records 20 annotation 03 00 This ambitious and interdisciplinary book redraws the history of early modern Englishwomen’s reading, exploring the connections between gender, reading habits and genre throughout the seventeenth century. It challenges accepted historiographical narratives about reading that have privileged male experience and the impact of the Civil War, and highlights the multiplicity and complexity of women’s reading practices, focusing on the ways in which they used reading in constructing their gender identity. Reading was a gendered act in the early modern period; in reading certain genres, women were negotiating a range of gendered behavioural norms. From religious texts, romances and cookbooks, to news, scientific and medical treatises, and household records, this book draws on archival sources across a wide range of writing types to offer a more complete picture of women’s reading experiences, ultimately questioning the accepted notion of ‘the woman reader’ itself. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 ‘She much delighted in that holy Book’: Women’s Religious Reading Habits</li> <li>2 ‘Reading unprofitable romances’: Gender, Identity and the Romance Genre</li> <li>3 ‘I harde yow once saye yow loved forryne newes’: Women News Readers</li> <li>4 Women Reading Science and Philosophy: Medical, Culinary and Philosophical Knowledge</li> <li>5 (Re)Reading and Record Keeping</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250410 13 15 9781915249401 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/xisg9568.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reading-gender-and-identity-in-seventeenth-century-england/ 99 01 urn:uuid:3bedb9a9-658b-4184-9ad7-f7efe643cbf9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3bedb9a9-658b-4184-9ad7-f7efe643cbf9 15 9781908857682 06 10.14296/kgqq6780 00 EB E107 10 01 01 Recasting Commodity and Spectacle in the Indigenous Americas 1 B01 Helen Gilbert 2 B01 Charlotte Gleghorn 01 eng 12 ACBK 93 AGA 10 ART041000 20 indigenous B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 JBCC 12 JFC 20 Latin America 10 SOC002010 20 identity 93 JHM 12 JHM 10 SOC020000 20 belonging 20 performance 20 spectacle 20 representation 03 00 Indigenous artists frequently voice concerns over the commodification of their cultures, a process acutely felt by those living with the consequences of colonialism. This timely book, which features color illustrations throughout, examines the ways in which contemporary indigenous peoples in different parts of the Americas have harnessed performance practices to resist imposed stereotypes and shape their own complex identities. Essays by leading academics and practitioners show the vibrancy of a wide array of indigenous arts and cultural events in the United States, Mexico, Peru, Bolivia, Canada, Nicaragua, Ecuador, and Belize. As well as analyzing performance idioms, the authors trace the circulation of creative products and practices as commodities, as cultural capital, and/or as heritage. Making reference to aesthetic forms, intellectual property, and political empowerment, these essays weigh the impact of music, festivities, film, photography, theater, and museum installations among diverse audiences and discuss ways in which spectacles of cultural difference are remodeled in the hands of indigenous practitioners. 04 00 Introduction: Recasting commodity and spectacle in the indigenous Americas - Helen Gilbert and Charlotte Gleghorn 1. ‘Will making movies do the sheep any good?’ The afterlife of Native American images - Michelle H. Raheja 2. Modernity and the indigenous in centennial celebrations of independence in Mexico City, 1910 and 1921 - Michael J. Gonzales 3. Indigeneity in the Oruro Carnival: official memory, Bolivian identity and the politics of recognition - Ximena Córdova Oviedo 4. Crafting contemporary indigeneity through audiovisual media in Bolivia - Gabriela Zamorano Villarreal 5. Nora Naranjo-Morse’s ‘Always Becoming’: enacting indigenous identity on a museum stage - Andrea Zittlau 6. Performance, gestures and poses in postcards of Ho-Chunk in Wisconsin Dells - Sarah Anne Stolte 7. Rethinking spectacle and indigenous consumption: commercial huayno music in Peru - James Butterworth 8. Everyday work as spectacle: celebrating Maya embodied culture in Belize - Genner Llanes-Ortiz 9. Spectacle and discourse of decommoditisation in the construction of subaltern public spheres:the P’urhépecha New Year and P’urhéecherio - Andrew Roth-Seneff 10. Performing and disputing indigeneity in the Fiesta del Coraza in Otavalo, Ecuador - Sergio Miguel Huarcaya 11. Indigeneity, law and performance on the Atlantic Coast of Nicaragua - Isabel Altamirano-Jiménez 12. What we talk about when we talk about Indian - Yvette Nolan 13. Indigenous interventions at Klahowya Village, χwayχw əy Vancouver/ unceded Coast Salish Territory - Selena Couture University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20140930 13 15 9781908857088 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/kgqq6780.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/recasting-commodity-and-spectacle-in-the-indigenous-americas/ 99 01 urn:uuid:85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:85a7d250-2f5f-47e1-b7f0-d4fd8d7007d1 15 9781912250400 06 10.14296/0420.9781912250400 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reconciling Rwanda Unity, Nationality and State Control 1 A01 Jennifer Melvin 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 Human Rights 12 JPSL 93 JPSL 10 POL062000 20 Rwanda B2 Commonwealth Studies 20 genocide 12 JPVH 93 LBBR 10 POL035010 93 1HFGR 20 law 20 justice 20 human rights 20 atrocities 20 reconciliation 03 00 In July 1994, the Rwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) set out to stabilise and secure Rwanda, a country decimated by genocide. This mandate was later extended to include the herculean task of promoting unity and reconciliation to a population torn apart by violence. More than two decades later, these goals appear to have been achieved. Beneath the veneer of reconciliation lies myriad programmes and legislation that do more than seek to unite the population - they keep the RPF in power. In Reconciling Rwanda: Unity, Nationality and State Control, Jennifer Melvin analyses the highly controversial RPF and its vision of reconciliation to determine who truly benefits from the construction of the new post-genocide Rwanda. 04 00 ContentsRwandan Patriotic Front (RPF) government departmentsGlossary of Kinyarwanda wordsChronology of key eventsIntroduction<ol> <li>Contribution and engagement</li> <li>Conflict in context</li> <li>Gacaca: justice and reconciliation at the community genocide courts</li> <li>Nation-building and a return to unity</li> <li>Teaching the nation: reconciliation through education</li> <li>The functions of ‘national reconciliation’: political images of Rwanda</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200501 13 15 9780993110207 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reconciling-rwanda/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0420.9781912250400.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7f427c40-5278-4854-9acc-908b7fdf86fa 15 9781908590947 06 10.63674/yrab7358 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship 1 B01 21 0000-0001-6778-4610 Anna-Maria Sichani 2 B01 21 0000-0002-7500-7915 Michael Donnay 01 eng 10 COM032000 B2 Digital Humanities 20 scholarship 93 UXA 10 EDU037000 20 failure 93 GPS 93 3MR 20 computational 20 digital humanities 20 interdisciplinary 20 research 20 collaboration 20 obsolescence 20 sustainability 20 innovation 20 technology 20 institutions 03 00 Failure is ordinary. From technological failures and computational obsolescence to rejected applications and challenging collaborations, failure is an unavoidable part of any scholarly endeavour. This is especially true for digital scholarship, as the everyday risk of failure is compounded by the challenges of interdisciplinary research and fragility of digital technology.Reframing Failure in Digital Scholarship</italic> tackles what failure – in all its messy but immensely valuable complexity – means for the digital humanities community head-on. It brings together a diverse, interdisciplinary and international group of scholars and practitioners that each offer short personal and professional reflections on the failed, broken or challenging aspects of scholarly practice. It provides a critical perspective on the ways institutional and material conditions are intractably linked to approaches to digital research, and how those conditions differ within and across national contexts.In creating a critical, constructive and compassionate vocabulary for failure, this book normalises failure as an object of inquiry, asking: if there is value in failure in digital scholarship, how do we create the space to fail ‘better’? 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Reframing failure Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> <li> Part I Innovation </li> <li> 1 Stop lying to yourself: Collective delusion and Digital Humanities grant funding Quinn Dombrowski </li> <li> 2 Risk, failure and the assessment of innovative research Jane Winters </li> <li> 3 Innovation, tools, and ecology Christopher Ohge </li> <li> 4 Software at play David De Roure </li> <li> Part II Technology </li> <li> 5 Brokenness is social Frances Corry </li> <li> 6 A career in ruins? Accepting imperfection and celebrating failures in digital preservation and digital archaeology Jenny Mitcham </li> <li> 7 Living well with brokenness in an inclusive research culture: what we can learn from failures and processes in a Digital Humanities lab Arianna Ciula </li> <li> 8 Can we be failing? Joris J. van Zundert </li> <li> Part III Collaboration </li> <li> 9 Doing, failing, learning: understanding what didn’t work as a key research finding in action research Arran J. Rees </li> <li> 10 Navigating the challenges and opportunities of collaboration Jennifer Stertzer </li> <li> 11 Challenging the pipeline structure: a reflection on the organisational flow of interdisciplinary projects Caio Mello </li> <li> 12 When optimisation fails us Jentery Sayers </li> <li> 13 Reframing ‘reframing’: A holistic approach to understanding failure Lauren Tuckley </li> <li> Part IV Institutions </li> <li> 14 Permission to experiment with literature as data and fail in the process Jennifer Isasi </li> <li> 15 What to do with failure? (What does failure do?) Brittany Amell </li> <li> 16 The remaining alternatives Elena Spadini </li> <li> 17 Who fails and why? Understanding the systemic causes of failure within and beyond the Digital Humanities Naomi Wells </li> <li> 18 Experimental publishing: Acknowledging, addressing, and embracing failure Janneke Adema </li> <li> 19 Writing about research methods: sharing failure to support success Anisa Hawes and Riva Quiroga </li> <li> 20 Bridging the distance: Confronting geographical failures in Digital Humanities conferences Nabeel Siddiqui </li> <li> Conclusion: On failing Anna-Maria Sichani and Michael Donnay </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20251120 13 15 9781908590909 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/yrab7358.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/reframing-failure-in-digital-scholarship/ 99 01 urn:uuid:275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27 03 01 01 urn:uuid:275d5ace-ebf9-4b10-9f8d-c94c8b34ed27 15 9781908590763 06 10.14296/wmpx9915 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Refugee Reception in Southern Africa National and Local Policies in Zambia and South Africa 1 A01 Nicholas Maple 01 eng B2 Human Rights 93 JBFG 12 JPVH 20 protection 10 SOC007000 20 Africa 93 JBFH 12 JFFD 10 POL035010 12 1HFMS 10 3.5.10.0.0.0.0 93 JPVH 20 mobility 93 1HFMS 12 1HFMZ 10 3.5.7.0.0.0.0 20 refugee camps 93 1HFMZ 20 urban displacement 20 encampment 20 host state 20 settlement 20 liberal 20 freedom of movement 03 00 A new understanding of state-based refugee reception that reflects the complex dynamics of contemporary refugee arrival.</bold>It is no longer realistic (if it ever was) to understand persons who flee across a border as a homogeneous group whose movement abruptly ends once they arrive in a host state or refugee camp. Through a comparative analysis of the politics surrounding the welcome afforded to refugees, this book offers an original perspective on refugee hosting in Southern Africa. Using the cases of Zambia and South Africa, the book explores why some countries maintain encampment reception policies for refugees, and others use more liberal ‘free settlement’ approaches, whereby refugees are granted freedom of movement and permitted to settle in cities and towns. While state-based reception is frequently framed as one-off moments, such as registration, Refugee Reception in Southern Africa</italic> examines reception as a complex and ongoing process of negotiations between refugees and state, with reception policies vital in shaping a refugee’s ability to settle and engage with local communities and labour markets.With its new ‘refugee reception’ framework and in-depth case studies full of concrete examples, this book is a significant theoretical and methodological contribution to migration studies more broadly. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Framing refugee reception</li> <li>2 Refugee reception policies in Africa</li> <li>3 Investigating state behaviour towards refugees</li> <li>4 Encampment: the maintenance of a camp-based reception in Zambia</li> <li>5 Encampment: post-registration in Zambia</li> <li>6 Free-settlement: the maintenance of a free-settlement reception in South Africa</li> <li>7 The urban space: post-registration in South Africa</li> <li>8 Conclusions and ways forward</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20240718 13 15 9781908590749 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wmpx9915.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/refugee-reception-in-southern-africa/ 99 01 urn:uuid:f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f77f0fa2-674d-4586-8ff9-f3907287731a 15 9781908857996 06 10.14296/2105.9781908857996 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Rethinking Past and Present in Cuba Essays in memory of Alistair Hennessy 1 B01 Antoni Kapcia 01 eng 00 250 03 20 Cuba 10 HIS024000 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 12 1KJC 93 1KJC 20 history 20 culture 20 politics 20 Latino studies 03 00 This collection of essays and research articles has been designed, by its breadth of expertise and discipline, to pay suitable homage to the seminal influence and contribution made by the late Alistair Hennessy towards the development of Cuban studies. For that reason, it includes a judicious mixture of the old and the new, including several of the leading and internationally well-established experts on Cuban history, politics and culture, but also some up-and-coming researchers in the field; that mixture and the combination of topics (some addressing the past directly, others assessing the present within a historical context) reflects Hennessy’s own cross-disciplinary and open-minded approach to the study of the history of Cuba. 04 00 Preface. In memory of Alistair Hennessy Antoni Kapcia 1. Spanish republicanism and the colonial empire: Alistair Hennessey and Spain's democratic revolution Christopher Schmidt-Nowara2. Rethinking pathways to the Cuban past Louis A. Pérez, Jr. 3. The origins of Cuban socialism Fernando Martínez Heredia4. Persuading parliament: Rafael María de Labra, Spanish colonial policy and the abolitionist debate (July 1871) Catherine Davies5. Ethnic whitening processes and the politics of race, labour and national identity in colonial Cuba: a case study of Irish immigrants, 1818–45 Margaret Brehony 6. From Hispanic essays to modern reporting: the evolution of Cuban journalism, considered through the figure of Justo de Lara Jordi Garrell 7. The changing shape of Cuban cinema: a report and a reflection Michael Chanan 8. A mixed economy of labour in a changing Cuba Steve Ludlam9. What’s in a name? Emigrant Cubans since 1959 and the curious evolution of discourse Antoni Kapcia 10. Decentering cubanidad. Commodification, cosmopolitanism and diasporic engagement shaping the Cuban migration to post-1989 Western Europe Catherine Krull and Jean Stubbs 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210526 13 15 9781908857415 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2105.9781908857996.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/rethinking-past-and-present-in-cuba/ 99 01 urn:uuid:264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 03 01 01 urn:uuid:264cb9ce-f866-4fa0-9b11-6a55fc454db2 15 9781908857804 06 10.14296/1220.9781908857804 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Revisiting the Falklands-Malvinas Question Transnational and Interdisciplinary Perspectives 1 B01 Guillermo Mira 2 A01 Fernando Pedrosa 01 eng 00 300 03 20 Falklands 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 12 HBW 10 HIS037070 20 Malvinas 93 NHW 12 1KLS 93 1KLS 20 war 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 commemoration 12 3JJ 93 3MPQX 20 Argentina 93 4CTM 20 Britain 20 colonialism 20 military 03 00 The conflict over possession of the Falklands-Malvinas Islands was waged in an area remote both geographically and geo-politically in an era of cold war and also of tensions within and between sovereign states of the supposed western bloc. It has been broadly perceived as an absurd confrontation, the echoes of which, despite the brevity of its duration, and some four decades on, resonate still not least in the lasting wounds that bear testimony yet to its underlying causes. This book probes the reasons behind the conflict’s tragic occurrence and the processing of its consequences in and beyond the sovereign states that suffered and suffer still from the exacerbating of nationalist identities in the resolution of their differences and the consequent challenges to be addressed. Drawing on perspectives that bring together contributors from markedly differing backgrounds, whether national or disciplinary, this collection reinforces the spirit of critical questioning that historical and sociological research must ever value and pursue. Prejudices and preconceptions are acknowledged and confronted yet contextualised and revised through filters of new questions and answers which are not always anticipated or, for the stubbornly partisan, readily embraced. 04 00 Preface Guillermo Mira and Fernando PedrosaIntroduction: State, national identity and power: a historical tour in search of the causes of the Falklands–Malvinas War Guillermo Mira and Fernando Pedrosa1. Resisting bio-power: ‘laughter’, ‘fraternity’ and ‘imagination’ under dictatorship and the Malvinas–Falklands War María José Bruña Bragado2. Exile, the Malvinas War and human rights Silvina Jensen3. Attitudes towards the Falklands–Malvinas War: European and Latin American left perspectives Fernando Pedrosa4. The Falklands–Malvinas War and transitions to democracy in Latin America: the turning point of 1979–82 Guillermo Mira5. The Malvinas journey: harsh landscapes, rough writing, raw footage Julieta Vitullo6. Malvinas miscellanea: notes on a diary written while shooting a film in these remote islands Edgardo Dieleke7. Malvinas, civil society and populism: a cinematic perspective Joanna Page8. Flying the flag: Malvinas and questions of patriotism Catriona McAllister9. Leaving behind the trenches of nationalism: teaching the Malvinas in secondary schools in Río Gallegos, Santa Cruz province Matthew C. Benwell and Alejandro Gasel10. Chronicle of a referendum foretold: what next for the Malvinas–Falklands? Cara Levey and Daniel Ozarow11. The limits of negotiation Andrew Graham-Yooll12. It breaks two to tangle: constructing and deconstructing bridges Bernard McGuirk13. Information Resources on the Falkland-Malvinas Conflict Christine Anderson and María R. Osuna Alarcón 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210222 13 15 9781908857569 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781908857804.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/revisiting-the-falklands-malvinas-question/ 99 01 urn:uuid:31413410-1c44-4a5f-936d-28051faa3df0 03 01 01 urn:uuid:31413410-1c44-4a5f-936d-28051faa3df0 15 9780992725723 06 10.14296/718.9780992725723 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Shakespeare and Revision 1 A01 Stanley Wells 01 eng 00 29 03 93 DDA 12 DSG 10 LIT004120 B2 Literary Studies 20 theatre 10 DRA010000 12 DSBD 93 DSG 20 plays 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 editing 10 HIS015030 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 omissions 93 5PX-GB-S 20 additions 20 literature 20 Shakespeare 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1987.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180731 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9780992725723.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/shakespeare-and-revision/ 99 01 urn:uuid:80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:80fb5321-d64a-40eb-8fb8-2b232e9e143c 15 9781909646476 06 10.14296/117.9771909646476 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 'She said she was in the family way': Pregnancy and infancy in modern Ireland 1 B01 Elaine Farrell 01 eng 00 268 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS018000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 20 pregnancy 12 1DBR 93 1DDR 20 Ireland 10 SOC010000 20 birth control 20 family 20 single motherhood 20 history of women 20 child mortality 03 00 'She said she was in the family way'</italic> examines the subject of pregnancy and infancy in Ireland from the seventeenth to the twentieth century. It draws on exciting and innovative research by early-career and established academics, and consider topics that have been largely ignored by historians in Ireland. The book will make an important contribution to Irish women’s history, family history, childhood history, social history, crime history and medical history, and will provide a reference point for academics interested in themes of sexuality, childbirth, infanthood and parenthood. 04 00 ContentsForewordMary O’DowdIntroductionElaine FarrellI. ‘I would take anything to prevent me having a child’: contraception1 ‘Veiled obscenity’: contraception and the Dublin Medical Press, 1850–1900 15Ann Daly2 ‘Its effect on public morality is vicious in the extreme’: defining birth control as obscene and unethical, 1926–32Sandra McAvoyII. ‘Inexpressible rendings of heart at the prospect of my child’s death’:pregnancy, childbirth and mortality3 Some sources for the study of infant and maternal mortality in later seventeenth-century IrelandClodagh Tait4 ‘A time of trial being near at hand’: pregnancy, childbirth and parenting in the spiritual journal of Elizabeth Bennis, 1749–79Rosemary Raughter5 Birth and death in nineteenth-century Dublin’s lying-in hospitalsJulia Anne BerginIII. ‘The natural and proper guardian of the child’: material culture and the care of babies6 Medicinal care in the eighteenth- and early nineteenthcentury Irish homeEmma O’Toole7 The chrysalis in the cradleElaine MurrayIV. ‘The world acted unjustly to women in this fallen position’: unmarried mothers and ‘illegitimate’ children8 ‘Found in a “dying” condition’: nurse-children in Ireland, 1872–1952Sarah-Anne Buckley9 In the family way and away from the family: examining the evidence for Irish unmarried mothers in Britain, 1920s–40sJennifer RedmondV. ‘I know she never intended to rear it’: infanticide10 Responding to infanticide in Ireland, 1680–1820James Kelly11 ‘A very immoral establishment’: the crime of infanticide and class status in Ireland, 1850–1900Elaine Farrell12 Beyond cradle and grave: Irish folklore about the spirits of unbaptized infants and the spirits of women who murdered babiesAnne O’Connor 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170119 13 15 9781905165650 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/she-said-she-was-in-the-family-way-pregnancy-and-infancy-in-modern-ireland/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646476.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:29f85536-8664-4630-b278-ff2a076c023d 15 9781912702909 06 10.14296/202109.9781912702909 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Star Chamber Matters An Early Modern Court and Its Records 1 B01 K. J. Kesselring 2 B01 Natalie Mears 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 10 LAW060000 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 20 Tudor Britain 12 HBJD 10 LAW023000 20 legal history 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 courts 10 HIS015030 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015040 20 medieval marriage 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 3JB 93 3MD 20 medieval women 12 3JD 93 3MG 20 rape 20 consent 20 medieval libel 20 Sir Edward Coke 20 medieval judge 20 Jacobean law 20 popular legalism 20 marine insurance 20 fraud 20 London history 20 Westminster 03 00 An extraordinary court with late medieval roots in the activities of the king’s council, Star Chamber came into its own over the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, before being abolished in 1641 by members of parliament for what they deemed egregious abuses of royal power. Before its demise, the court heard a wide range of disputes in cases framed as fraud, libel, riot, and more. In so doing, it produced records of a sort that make its archive invaluable to many researchers today for insights into both the ordinary and extraordinary.The chapters gathered here explore what we can learn about the history of an age through both the practices of its courts and the disputes of the people who came before them. With Star Chamber, we view a court that came of age in an era of social, legal, religious, and political transformation, and one that left an exceptional wealth of documentation that will repay further study. 04 00 1. Introduction: Star Chamber matters K. J. Kesselring with Natalie Mears2. The records of the court of Star Chamber at the National Archives and elsewhere Daniel Gosling3. Reading ravishment: gender and ‘will’ power in early Tudor Star Chamber, 1500–50 Deborah Youngs4. Sir Edward Coke and the Star Chamber: the prosecution of rapes at Snargate, 1598–1602 Louis A. Knafla5. ‘By reason of her sex and widowhood’: an early modern Welsh gentlewoman in the court of Star Chamber Sadie Jarrett6. Consent and coercion, force and fraud: marriages in Star Chamber K. J. Kesselring7. Labourers, legal aid and the limits of popular legalism in Star Chamber Hillary Taylor8. Jacobean Star Chamber records and the performance of provincial libel Clare Egan9. A marine insurance fraud in the Star Chamber Emily Kadens10. Star Chamber and the bullion trade, 1618–20 Simon Healy11. Contemporary knowledge of the Star Chamber and the court’s abolition Ian Williams 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210930 13 15 9781912702893 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/star-chamber-matters/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202109.9781912702909.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2b82bbcd-9a4d-4ffd-bead-4c8d57389aab 15 9781912702183 06 10.14296/119.9781912702183 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Suffrage and citizenship in Ireland, 1912-18 1 A01 Senia Pašeta 01 eng 00 24 03 10 HIS018000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LAZ 12 LAZ 20 women's rights 93 JP 12 JP 10 POL052000 20 politics 12 1DBR 93 1DDR 10 HIS015070 20 Ireland 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS015080 20 voting rights 10 1.1.1.0.0.0.0 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 suffrage 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 women's history 20 Irish history 03 00 Professor Senia Pašeta argues that our understanding of modern Irish and British politics would be enormously enriched if we recognized two things: that the Irish and British suffrage movements were deeply connected; and that the women’s suffrage movement across the United Kingdom was shaped in fundamental ways by the Irish Question from the late nineteenth century and into the twentieth. In other words, the women’s suffrage movement did not exist in a political vacuum. It interacted with, influenced and was influenced by the other main political questions of the day, and with the</italic> main political question of the day - Ireland. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190101 13 15 9781912702312 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/suffrage-and-citizenship-in-ireland-1912-18/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781912702183.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:48c61ae3-b1f2-4a5e-bbfd-863061da5e0b 15 9781908857880 06 10.14296/321.9781908857880 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Supervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial 1 A01 Linda A. Newson 2 B06 Adolfo Bonilla 01 eng 00 450 03 20 colonialism 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC062000 12 HBTQ 20 indigenous cultures 93 NHTQ 10 SOC008050 20 Nicaragua 20 Latin America 03 00 Acompañada de una nueva introducción, esta traducción al español del clásico libro, Indian Survival in Colonial Nicaragua</italic>, ofrece una descripción detallada de los cambios demográficos y culturales que la conquista española y el dominio colonial trajeron a las sociedades indígenas de Nicaragua. Muestra cómo la naturaleza de las propias sociedades indígenas y la forma en que los españoles buscaron controlarlas y explotarlas se reflejaron en diferentes niveles de disminución y supervivencia de la población.Se basa en una extensa investigación de archivos en América Central y España y en evidencia arqueológica, etnográfica y lingüística. Contribuye significativamente a comprender cómo algunas sociedades indígenas del Nuevo Mundo pudieron sobrevivir en mayor medida que otras. 04 00 Part I: Introducción 1. Supervivencia indígena en la América española colonial Part II. Nicaragua en vísperas de la conquista española 2. Las culturas indígenas y su medioambiente 3. Los cacicazgos 4. Las tribus 5. La población aborigen Part III. La conquista y la esclavitud, 1522–1550 6. La leyenda negra 7. Desculturación y despoblación, 1522–1550 Part IV. Consolidación colonial y deculturación indígena, 1550–1720 8. Centros de actividad europea: Ciudades, haciendas y los ingleses 9. Instituciones, mecanismos de control y explotación: Encomiendas y Misiones 10. Cambio cultural en la zona Mesoamericana, 1550–1720 11. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1550–1720 12. El momento de cambio: Cambio demográfico, 1550–1720 V. Reorganización colonial y aculturación indígena, 1720–1821 13. Reformas administrativas e incorporación territorial 14. Instrumentos de la integración indígena 15. Cambio cultural en la zona mesoamericana, 1720–1821 16. Cambio cultural en la zona Sudamericana, 1720–1821 17. Recuperación demográfica, 1720–1821 VI. Conclusión 18. Supervivencia indígena en la Nicaragua colonial 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210312 13 15 9781908857873 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/supervivencia-indigena-en-la-nicaragua-colonial/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781908857880.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9 03 01 01 urn:uuid:06948e44-076d-400a-a87f-5da33c274ce9 15 9781915249050 06 10.14296/lbja4300 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Talking History Seminar Culture at the Institute of Historical Research, 1921–2021 1 B01 David Manning 01 eng 12 HBAH 10 HIS015070 20 historiography B2 History 93 NHAH 20 historical research 20 university research 20 higher education 20 seminars 20 London 20 intellectual culture 03 00 Since its founding in 1921, the Institute of Historical Research (IHR) at the University of London has seen students and teachers come together, socially and intellectually, to engage in lively academic seminars. But for what purpose and with what value?Talking History</italic> provides a defence of the seminar as a central element in historians’ teaching, research and sense of community. Covering a range of the IHR’s long-running seminar series, the book presents the seminars as a local, national and international hub for scholarship that emerges from and is sustained by the ongoing learning practices of historians as scholars and people. It bears witness to a seminar culture of evolving, multifarious synergies between teaching, researching and learning, historiography and participation – intertextual, interpersonal, intergenerational and intercultural. Viewed as such, the seminars constitute a living tradition, stimulating and incorporating dynamic change over time to contribute not just to the development of historiography but to intellectual life more generally, often in conversation with major political events and cultural phenomena.This original and significant book delivers fresh insight into the evolution of historical research and its role in wider society today. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction David Manning </li> <li> 1 A History of the History Seminar: The ‘Active Life’ of Historiography at the Institute of Historical Research David Manning </li> <li> 2 The Italy 1200–1700 Seminar Trevor Dean and Kate Lowe </li> <li> 3 The Economic and Social History of the Early Modern World Seminar David Ormrod </li> <li> 4 The British History in the Seventeenth Century Seminar Jason Peacey </li> <li> 5 The British History in the Long Eighteenth Century Seminar Penelope J. Corfield </li> <li> 6 The Low Countries History Seminar Ulrich Tiedau </li> <li> 7 The Modern French History Seminar Pamela Pilbeam with David Manning </li> <li> 8 The Imperial and World History Seminar Sarah Stockwell </li> <li> 9 The Postgraduate Seminar in Theory and Method (1986–2008) Rohan McWilliam </li> <li> 10 The Women’s History Seminar Kelly Boyd </li> <li> 11 The IHR’s Seminar Culture: Past, Present and Future — A Roundtable Discussion David Bates, Alice Prochaska, Tim Hitchcock, Kate Wilcox, Ellen Smith and Rachel Bynoth, and Claire Langhamer </li> <li> Afterword Natalie Thomlinson </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20240509 13 15 9781914477614 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lbja4300.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/talking-history/ 99 01 urn:uuid:ec40850c-b59d-4383-8462-c475d2d978fa 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ec40850c-b59d-4383-8462-c475d2d978fa 15 9780854572779 06 10.14296/420.9780854572779 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America Genre and Format Translation 1 A01 Paul Julian Smith 01 eng 12 APT 93 ATJS B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 PER010090 93 1KL 10 FOR026000 93 2ADSL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 03 00 Television Drama in Spain and Latin America </italic>addresses two major topics within current cultural, media, and television studies: the question of fictional genres and that of transnational circulation. While much research has been carried out on both TV formats and remakes in the English-speaking world, almost nothing has been published on the huge and dynamic Spanish-speaking sector. This book discusses and analyses series since 2000 from Spain (in both Spanish and Catalan), Mexico, Venezuela, and (to a lesser extent) the US, employing both empirical research on production and distribution and textual analysis of content. The three genres examined are horror, biographical series, and sports-themed dramas; the three examples of format remakes are of a period mystery (Spain, Mexico), a romantic comedy (Venezuela, US), and a historical epic (Catalonia, Spain).Paul Julian Smith is Distinguished Professor at the Graduate Center, City University of New York. He was previously Professor of Spanish at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of twenty books and one hundred academic articles. 04 00 Acknowledgements Introduction: TV Nations Genres 1. Transnational Horror Light: Production, Fandom, and Scholarship 2. Biopic TV in Mexico: Juana Inés (Canal Once, 2016), Hasta que te conocí: Juan Gabriel, mi historia [Until I Met You: Juan Gabriel, My Story] (Azteca, 2016) 3. Football TV: Club de Cuervos (Netflix, 2015–) Format Translations 4. Copycat Television? Gran Hotel [Grand Hotel] (Bambú/Antena 3, 2011–13) and El hotel de los secretos [The Hotel of Secrets] (Televisa, 2015–16) 5. Second Tier Reproduction: Juana la virgen (RCTV, 2002) and Jane the Virgin (CW, 2014–present) 6. Television Without a State: Temps de silenci [Time of Silence] (TV3, 2001–02) and Amar en tiempos revueltos [Loving in Troubled Times] (Diagonal/TVE1, 2005–) Conclusion: Series Planet Interview with Patricia Arriaga Jordán, Creator of Juana Inés (23 December 2016) Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200403 13 15 9780854572656 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/television-drama-in-spain-and-latin-america/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9780854572779.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:3aed10e4-4e86-4d91-ab28-2ee4b2b41eb4 15 9781914477737 06 10.63674/djye2279 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The 1922 General Election Reconsidered High Politics and the Birth of the Modern British Election 1 A01 G.H. Bennett 01 eng 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 B2 History 20 Liberal Party 93 NHD 12 JP 93 JPH 20 Lloyd George 10 POL008000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 post-war British politics 12 3JJG 93 3MP 20 general election 20 1922 20 coalition 20 Bonar Law 20 Conservative Party 03 00 Revisiting the high-stakes politics of 1922, G.H. Bennett unveils how one election transformed Britain’s electoral system and redefined party alliances for decades to come.</bold>The General Election of 15 November 1922 was a pivotal election in British political history. As parties adjusted to peacetime conditions and an electoral system changed forever by the enfranchisement of women and working-class men, the 1922 election stood as the first real test of party performance and engagement with voter priorities in a Britain fundamentally altered by the First World War. The result was a general election that would set national polling culture for the next century, and mark a significant step towards the decline of the Liberal Party and the emergence of a Conservative-Labour duopoly.This book examines the way the 1922 election was fought, the performance of the parties and the operation of a semi-official, but undeclared, party pact between the Conservative and Coalition Liberal Parties to manage the outcome, as they emerged from the Lloyd George Coalition and attempted to shut the Labour Party out of power. Capturing the high and the low politics of the election, and making use of newly available archival collections and digitised resources, this concise and accessible volume shows how the 1922 election marked the birth of the modern British general election as we know it today. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 The Party Political Outlook in October 1918</li> <li>2 The Position of the Four Main Parties</li> <li>3 Locally Arranged Pacts</li> <li>4 “There is no Pact – But”</li> <li>5 “Co-operation” in the Constituencies</li> <li>6 Impact of the Local Elections and Nomination Day</li> <li>7 Defining Coalition Liberal Strategy</li> <li>8 Trying to Broker a Deal with the Conservatives</li> <li>9 Exchanges Between the Parties After 4 November</li> <li>10 Methods and Tone</li> <li>11 Final Positions</li> <li>12 The Day of the Election and the Hours After</li> <li>13 Results</li> <li>14 Repercussions of the 1922 Election</li> <li>Conclusion</li> <li>Afterword – Considerations for British Politics</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250918 13 15 9781914477706 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-1922-general-election-reconsidered/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/djye2279.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c34bf09a-27a9-4e47-bb4f-8d816707150d 15 9781905670956 06 10.14296/121.9781905670956 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcode 01 01 The Afterlife of Apuleius 1 B01 F. Bistagne 2 B01 C. Boidin 3 B01 R. Mouren 01 eng 00 230 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Literature and Drama 93 DB 12 HBLA1 20 latin 10 LIT004190 93 1QBAR 12 1QDAR 10 HIS002020 20 platonist 10 1.5.3.0.0.1.0 93 1QBDF 12 1QDH 20 roman empire 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 athens 12 2ADL 93 2ADL 20 asia minor 12 3D 93 3KBK 20 cults 93 6AG 20 magic 20 golden ass 03 00 Apuleius’ literary and philosophical fortune has been considerable since antiquity, mostly through the reception of The Golden Ass</italic>. The aim of this collection of essays is to highlight a few major aspects of this afterlife, from the High Middle Ages to early Romanticism, in the fields of literature, linguistics and philology, within a wide geographical scope.The volume gathers the proceedings of an international conference held in March 2016 at the Warburg Institute in London, in association with the Institute of Classical Studies. It includes both diachronic overviews and specific case-studies. A first series of papers focuses on The Golden Ass</italic> and its historical and geographical diffusion, from High Medieval Europe to early modern Mexico. The oriental connections of the book are also taken into account. The second part of the book examines the textual and visual destiny of Psyche’s story from the Apuleian fabula</italic> to allegorical retellings, in poetical or philosophical books and on stage. As the third series of essays indicates, the fortunes of the book led many ancient and early modern writers and translators to use it as a canonical model for reflections about the status of fiction. It also became, mostly around the beginning of the fifteenth century, a major linguistic and stylistic reference for lexicographers and neo-Latin writers : the last papers of the book deal with Renaissance polemics about ‘Apuleianism’ and the role of editors and commentators. 04 00 1. The medieval ass: re-evaluating the reception of Apuleius in the High Middle Ages / Robert H. F. Carver. 2. The white goddess in Mexico: Apuleius’ Latin, Spanish, and Nahuatl legacy in New Spain / Andrew Laird.3. The Ass goes east: Apuleius and Orientalism/ Carole Boidin.4. How to tell the story of Cupid and Psyche: from Fulgentius to Galeotto Del Corretto / Julia Haig Gaisser.5. Psyche’s textual journey from Apuleius to Boccaccio and Petrarch / Igor Candido6. An Apuleian masque? Thomas Heywood’s Love’s Mistress (1634) / Stephen Harrison7. Echoes of Apuleius’ novel in Mary Tighe’s Psyche: romantic imagination and self-fashioning / Regine May 8. Apuleius and Martianus Capella: canon, reception and pedagogy / Ahuvia Kahane9. A translation of Apuleius’ Metamorphoses and the debate about fiction in the sixteenth century: L’asino d’oro by Agnolo Firenzuola (1550) / Françoise Lavocat.10. Apuleius’ Ass and Cervantes’ Dogs in Dialogue / Maria Loreto Núñez11. ‘He does not speak golden words: he brays’: Apuleius’ style and the humanistic lexicography / Clementina Marsico12. The Golden Ass under the lens of the ‘Bolognese commentator’ L Lucius Apuleius and Filippo Beroaldo / Andrea Severi 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210128 13 15 9781905670888 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/121.9781905670956.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/the-afterlife-of-apuleius/ 99 01 urn:uuid:75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee 03 01 01 urn:uuid:75904af1-a72f-4361-9e4e-deac1d7ee7ee 15 9781911507192 06 10.14296/202201.9781911507192 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context An Assessment of Litigation and Regulatory Responses in European Civil-Law Countries 1 A01 Virginie Rouas 01 eng 00 360 03 20 Access to justice B2 Law 10 LAW034000 93 LBBM5 12 LBBP 20 corporate accountability B2 Human Rights 12 KCN 93 LBG 10 POL044000 12 1D 93 1D 20 Europe 10 HIS037080 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 France 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Netherlands 93 6AG 20 human rights 20 business and human rights 20 human rights due diligence 20 civil-law countries 20 European law 20 law 20 MNE 20 multi-national enterprises 20 abuse 20 big business 20 oil spill 03 00 Achieving Access to Justice in a Business and Human Rights Context</italic> explores the interplay between access to justice and business and human rights- a growing area of international human rights law- in European civil-law countries.Multinational enterprises (MNEs) can contribute to economic prosperity and social development in the countries where they operate. At the same time, their activities may directly or indirectly cause harm to humans and to the environment. However, MNEs are rarely held accountable for their involvement in human rights abuses and environmental damage. In recent years, activists have challenged corporate impunity by introducing innovative claims seeking to hold parent companies directly liable for the harm caused by their group’s activities. They have also strategically used this type of litigation to trigger corporate accountability reforms at international, regional, and national levels. Using national litigation experiences as a starting point and focusing on European civil-law countries, the book evaluates the extent to which litigation against MNEs has been effective in achieving access to justice and corporate accountability. It also considers whether ongoing regulatory developments, such as the adoption of mandatory human rights due diligence norms and the negotiations for a business and human rights treaty, can contribute to the realisation of access to justice and corporate accountability in the future. 04 00 Chapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 Corporate accountability and access to justice in international and European legal frameworks Chapter 3 The rise of transnational litigation against multinational enterprises Chapter 4 Civil litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the Netherlands Chapter 5 Criminal litigation against multinational enterprises in France and the NetherlandsChapter 6 Holding multinational enterprises liable in France and the Netherlands Chapter 7 Achieving access to justice in Europe through mandatory due diligence legislation Chapter 8 Achieving access to justice through an international treaty on business and human rightsChapter 9 Conclusions 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220114 13 15 9781911507185 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/achieving-access-to-justice-in-a-business-and-human-rights-context/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202201.9781911507192.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:248d4199-dd4a-4ed1-a57c-f6bb77cdb0a7 15 9781912702787 06 10.14296/0920.9781912702787 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968 A Guide to the Records of the Colonial Office in the National Archives of the UK 1 A01 Mandy Banton 01 eng 00 444 03 20 Colonial administration 12 HB 10 HIS030000 93 N B2 Reference 20 British empire 12 GBC 93 GBC B2 History 10 POL045000 12 HBTQ 20 London 93 NHTQ 20 Colonial Office 20 Commonwealth 20 British Government Departments 20 National Archives 03 00 Administering the Empire, 1801-1968</italic> is an indispensable introduction to British colonial rule during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It provides an essential guide to the records of the British Colonial Office, and those of other departments responsible for colonial administration, which are now held in The National Archives of the United Kingdom.<break/> <break/> As a user-friendly archival guide, Administering the Empire</italic> explains the organisation of these records, the information they provide, and how best to explore them using contemporary finding aids. The book also outlines the expansion of the British empire from the early nineteenth century, and discusses the structure of colonial governments. An appendix lists countries alphabetically giving brief details of their constitutional histories under the British and listing the categories and approximate numbers of the documents to be found for each, thus giving Commonwealth citizens an idea of the wealth of relevant material in the UK, much of which is not duplicated in their own countries. First published in 2008, and updated and revised in 2015, Administering the Empire</italic> is available from 2020 both in print and online as an open access edition, reissued by the Institute of Historical Research and University of London Press.Dr Mandy Banton is a Senior Research Fellow of the Institute of Commonwealth Studies, at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, and a former Principal Records Specialist (Diplomatic and Colonial) at The National Archives, UK.</italic> 04 00 ForewordPrefaceGlossary1.The British empire<ol> <li> Colonial government structure and relations with London </li> <li> Records of colonial governments </li> <li> Administration of British colonial affairs before 1801: the organisation in London </li> <li> Administration of the colonies from 1801 </li> <li> The records of the Colonial Office </li> <li> Records of the Dominions Office and Commonwealth Relations Office </li> <li> Records of the Commonwealth Office and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office </li> <li> Private papers and private office papers relating to colonial affairs held in records of the Colonial Office and of other government departments </li> <li> Maps and plans </li> </ol>International boundariesDirectorate of Overseas Surveys<ol> <li>Records of other government departments</li> </ol>Appendix 1: Records relating to individual dependencies and regionsAppendix 2: Records arranged by subjectAppendix 3: NewspapersAppendix 4: The Colonial Office ListAppendix 5: Rules for the conduct of correspondence between governors and the Colonial OfficeAppendix 6: File registration numbersAppendix 7: Specimen searchAppendix 8: Sources for biography and family historyAppendix 9: Access to the records and use of online cataloguesBibliography 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200911 13 15 9781909646124 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/administering-the-empire-1801-1968/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0920.9781912702787.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6a45b666-d5ab-406e-995b-77ef2de2a70e 15 9781908590848 06 10.14296/tpsq9748 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Adulthood in Britain and the United States from 1350 to Generation Z 1 B01 21 0000-0001-6438-8081 Maria Cannon 2 B01 21 0000-0002-8144-6332 Laura Tisdall 01 eng 00 290 03 20 adulthood 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History 93 NHTB 20 childhood 93 JBSP3 10 SOC013000 93 1KB 20 adolescence 93 1DDU 20 old age 20 ageing 20 chronological age 20 life course 20 life-cycle 03 00 Adulthood has a history.</bold>This book explores how concepts of adulthood have changed over time in Britain and the United States from 1350 to the present day through eleven case studies. Ideas of adulthood are currently under intense scrutiny, as individuals increasingly reach midlife without necessarily acquiring the 'traditional' markers of maturity. Yet this volume shows that this is not a uniquely turbulent period, and it does not represent the overturning of norms that were previously settled and unquestioned. Expectations for adults have altered over time, just as other age-categories such as childhood, adolescence and old age have been shaped by their cultural and social context.In historicising adulthood, this collection is the first to employ adulthood as a category of historical analysis, arguing that consideration of age is crucial for all scholarship that addresses power and inequality. Collectively, the authors explore four key ideas: adulthood as both burden and benefit; adulthood as a relational category; collective versus individual definitions of adulthood; and adulthood as a static definition.The book also engages with the intersectional identities of gender, race, class, sexuality and disability, and how these affect understandings of adulthood: who gets to be an adult, and who decides? 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Maria Cannon and Maria Laura Tisdall </li> <li>1 'Middle Age' in the Middle Ages of Western Europe, 1300–1500 Deborah Youngs </li> <li>2 'The Most Constant and Settled Part of Our Life?': Adulthood and the Ages of Man in Early Modern England Maria Cannon </li> <li>3 Spiritual Maturity and Childishness in Protestant England, c.1600—1660 Emily E. Robson </li> <li>4 The Rising Generation and the Fogram: Locating Adulthood in Eighteenth-Century England Barbara Crosbie </li> <li>5 Seduction Suits and Gendered Adulthood in the Court Systems of the Early United States, 1820–1850 Holly N.S. White </li> <li>6 'They're Not Children Anymore': Juveniles as Adult Defendants in US Criminal Justice, 1786–2000 Jack Hodgson </li> <li>7 'Childish, Adolescent and Recherché': Psychoanalysis and Maturity in Psychological Selection Boards, c.1940s–60s Grace Worrall-Campbell </li> <li>8 ”The Pill for the Unmarried Girl is Hardly Going to Improve Her Character”: The Impact of Changing Sexual Behaviours on the Construction of Adulthood in Scotland, c. 1968–1980 Kristin Hay </li> <li>9 African-Caribbean and South Asian Adolescents, Adulthood and the ‘Generation Gap’ in Late Cold War Britain, c.1970–c.1989 Laura Tisdall </li> <li>10 Marriage, Intimacy and Adulthood in Disabled People’s Lives and Activism in Twentieth-Century Britain Lucy Delap </li> <li>10 A Road of One's Own: The Rejection of Standard Adulthood in US Emerging Adult Films Andrea Sofia Regueira Martin </li> <li>Afterword: Against Adulthood Kristine Alexander </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20241128 13 15 9781908590824 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/adulthood-in-britain-and-the-united-states-from-1350-to-generation-z/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/tpsq9748.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:829de4ea-8dbb-4e41-bd54-fa57624530d6 15 9781909646483 06 10.14296/117.9771909646483 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A history of the French in London Liberty, equality, opportunity 1 B01 Debra Kelly 2 B01 Martyn Cornick 01 eng 00 488 03 20 French émigrés 12 HB 10 HIS010020 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHD 20 French exiles 20 London 20 cultural exchange 20 French cuisine 20 French Catholics 20 Huguenots 20 Commune 20 Charles de Gaulle 03 00 This book examines, for the first time, the history of the social, cultural, political and economic presence of the French in London, and explores the multiple ways in which this presence has contributed to the life of the city. The capital has often provided a place of refuge, from the Huguenots in the 17th century, through the period of the French Revolution, to various exile communities during the 19th century, and on to the Free French in the Second World War.It also considers the generation of French citizens who settled in post-war London, and goes on to provide insights into the contemporary French presence by assessing the motives and lives of French people seeking new opportunities in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. It analyses the impact that the French have had historically, and continue to have, on London life in the arts, gastronomy, business, industry and education, manifest in diverse places and institutions from the religious to the political via the educational, to the commercial and creative industries. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionThe French in London: a study in time and spaceMartyn Cornick1 A special case? London’s French ProtestantsElizabeth Randall2 Montagu House, Bloomsbury: a French household in London, 1673–1733Paul Boucher and Tessa Murdoch3 The novelty of the French émigrés in London in the 1790sKirsty CarpenterNote on French Catholics in London after 17894 Courts in exile: Bourbons, Bonapartes and Orléans in London, from George III to Edward VIIPhilip Mansel5 The French in London during the 1830s: multidimensional occupancyMáire Cross6 Introductory exposition: French republicans and communists in exile to 1848Fabrice Bensimon7 The French left in exile: Quarante-huitards and Communards in London, 1848–80.Thomas C. Jones and Robert TombsA history of the French in London8 ‘Almost the only free city in the world’: mapping out the French anarchist presence in London, late 1870s–1914Constance Bantman9 Experiencing French cookery in nineteenth-century LondonValerie Mars10 The London French from the Belle Epoque to the end of the inter-war period (1880–1939)Michel Rapoport11 French cultural diplomacy in early twentieth-century LondonCharlotte Faucher and Philippe Lane12 Mapping Free French London: places, spaces, tracesDebra Kelly13 ‘The first bastion of the Resistance’: the beginnings of the Free French in London, 1940–1Martyn Cornick14 Raymond Aron and La France Libre (June 1940–September 1944)David Drake15 From the 16ème to South Ken? A study of the contemporary French population in LondonSaskia Huc-Hepher and Helen DrakeConclusion: a temporal and spatial mapping of the French in LondonDebra Kelly 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170119 13 15 9781905165865 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646483.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-history-of-the-french-in-london/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5b2dcba0-e7e4-4e84-abfc-8db4c9c84d33 15 9781908857927 06 10.14296/2109.9781908857927 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Horizon of (Im)possibilities A Chronicle of Brazil’s Conservative Turn 1 B01 Katerina Hatzikidi 2 B01 Eduardo Dullo 01 eng 00 220 03 12 JP 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 20 Populism 12 JPFM 93 JPFQ 20 Latin American politics 10 POL042020 93 1KLSB 12 1KLSB 20 Brazil 20 far-right 20 2018 20 Bolsonaro 20 conservatism 20 Trump 20 authoritarianism 20 democracy 20 elections 20 protest 03 00 The 2018 presidential election result in Brazil surprised and shocked many. Since then, numerous debates and a growing body of texts have attempted to understand the country’s so-called conservative turn.A gripping in-depth account of politics and society in Brazil today, this new volume brings together a myriad of different perspectives to help us better understand the political events that shook the country in recent years. Combining ethnographic insights with political science, history, sociology, and anthropology, the interdisciplinary analyses included offer a panoramic view on social and political change in Brazil, spanning temporal and spatial dimensions. Starting with the 2018 presidential election, the contributors discuss the country’s recent –or more distant– past in relation to the present. Pointing to the continuities and disruptions in the course of those years, the analyses offered are an invaluable guide to unpacking and understanding the limits of Brazilian democracy, including what has already come to pass, but also what is yet to come. 04 00 Foreword Carly MachadoIntroduction: Brazil’s conservative return Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloLooking back: How did we get here?<ol> <li> The past of the present Lilia Moritz Schwarcz </li> <li> Denied recognition: threats against the rights of quilombola communities José M. Arruti and Thaisa Held </li> <li> From Orkut to Brasília: the origins of the New Brazilian Right Camila Rocha </li> <li> Ritual, text and politics: the evangelical mindset and political polarization David Lehmann </li> </ol>The horizon ahead: Where are we going?<ol> <li> After affirmative action: redrawing colour lines in Brazil Graziella Moraes Silva </li> <li> From participation to silence: Grassroots politics in contemporary Brazil Andreza Aruska de Souza Santos </li> <li> Development opportunity or national crisis? The implications of Brazil’s political shift for elite philanthropy and civil society organising Jessica Sklair </li> <li> Politics and collective mobilisation in post-PT Brazil Jeff Garmany </li> </ol>Conclusion: Shifting horizons. Katerina Hatzikidi and Eduardo DulloAfterword: No matter who won, indigenous resistance will always continue. Taily Terena, João Tikuna, Gabriel Soares 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210915 13 15 9781908857897 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781908857927.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-horizon-of-impossibilities/ 99 01 urn:uuid:36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 03 01 01 urn:uuid:36e7322b-a0c0-4d9b-aa2f-25b437e8d7a0 15 9781912250356 06 10.14296/1220.9781912250356 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Matter of Trust Building Integrity into Data, Statistics and Records to Support the Achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals 1 B01 Anne Thurston 01 eng 00 300 03 B2 Commonwealth Studies 20 data 93 GTP 12 J 10 SOC042000 10 COM021030 20 humanitarian work B2 Human Rights 93 KCM 93 1A 10 3.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 United Nations 93 1H 20 statistics 20 infographics 20 data collection 20 corruption 03 00 The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals initiative has the potential to set the direction for a future world that works for everyone. Approved by 193 United Nations member countries in September 2016 to help guide global and national development policies in the period to 2030, the 17 goals build on the successes of the Millennium Development Goals, but also include new priority areas, such as climate change, economic inequality, innovation, sustainable consumption, peace and justice. Assessed against common agreed targets and indicators, the goals should facilitate inter-governmental cooperation and the development of regional and even global development strategies. However, each goal presents considerable challenges in terms of collecting and analysing relevant data and producing the statistics needed to measure progress. Most governments in lower resourced countries simply do not yet have the systems and controls in place to produce high quality, reliable data and statistics, and it is questionable whether the quality and integrity of the available information is adequate to support meaningful decisions and set direction for the future.There are substantial implications: where progress cannot be measured accurately because of inadequate or flawed statistics, the result can be misguided decisions, doubts about achievement of the goals and significant wasted resources. Getting statistics ‘right’ depends upon the quality and integrity of the data used to produce them and on the quality of the processes for collecting, manipulating and analysing the data. Without a documentary records as evidence of how the data were gathered and analysed or how statistics were produced and disseminated, it is not possible to confirm that the statistics are complete, accurate and relevant. Various global organisations do recognise the importance of high quality data and statistics for measuring the SDG indicators reliably, but there has been little attention to the role of records in providing the evidence needed to trust the data and statistics. There is, moreover, a lack of awareness that digital information simply will not survive without policies and procedures to manage and preserve it through time. As a result, digital data, statistics and records are being lost regularly on a large scale, particularly in lower resource countries, where the structures needed to protect and preserve them are not yet in place. This book explores, through a series of case studies, the substantial challenges for assembling reliable data and statistics to address pressing development challenges, particularly in Africa. Hopefully, by highlighting the enormous potential value of creating and using high quality data, statistics and records as an interconnected resource and describing how this can be achieved, the book will contribute to defining meaningful and realistic global and national development policies in the critical period to 2030. 04 00 1. Records as evidence for measuring sustainable development in AfricaAnne Thurston2. The state of data and statistics in sub-Saharan Africa in the context of the Sustainable Development GoalsPaul Komba and Ngianga-Bakwin Kandala 3. Data, information and records: exploring definitions and relationshipsGeoffrey Yeo interviewed by James Lowry4. The potential – constructive and destructive – of information technology for records management: case studies from India James Manor 5. Statistical accuracy and reliable records: a case study of mortality statistics in The GambiaAndrew Griffin 6. Mainstreaming records and data management in sustainable development: lessons from the public and private sectors in KenyaJustus Wamukoya and Cleophas Ambira 7. Open data and records management – activating public engagement to improve information: case studies from Sierra Leone and CambodiaKatherine Townsend, Tamba Lamin, Amadu Massally and Pyrou Chung 8. Assuring authenticity in public sector data: a case study of the Kenya Open Data Initiative James Lowry9. Preserving the digital evidence base for measuring the Sustainable Development GoalsAdrian Brown 10. Preserving and using digitally encoded information as a foundation for achieving the Sustainable Development GoalsDavid Giaretta 11. Transparency in the 21st century: the role of records in achieving public access to information, protecting fundamental freedoms and monitoring sustainable development Victoria Lemieux 12. Information management for international development: roles, responsibilities and competenciesElizabeth Shepherd and Julie McLeod 13. The quality of data, statistics and records used to measure progress towards achieving the SDGs: a fictional situation analysisJohn McDonald 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20201201 13 15 9781912250349 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-matter-of-trust/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1220.9781912250356.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5298aea0-cc2f-4fe1-b820-0fd4150e3632 15 9781914477454 06 10.14296/vfdc4362 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Ancient Athens and Modern Ideology Value, Theory and Evidence in Historical Sciences 1 A01 Mohammad Nafissi 01 eng 00 325 03 20 Ancient Athens B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Classical Philosophy 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 93 NHD 20 Classical Political Economy 12 HBLA 10 HIS002010 93 NHC 93 1QBAG 12 1QDAG 20 Marxism 20 Max Weber 20 Carl Menger 20 Sozialpolitik 03 00 For over a century the foundations of Athenian political economy have been debated by scholarly camps broadly described as primitivist/substantivist, modernist and Marxist and involving political economists, sociologists and anthropologists as well as historians and classicists.<break/><break/>Ancient Athens and modern ideology</italic> demonstrates the dialectic of intellectual and substantive history and offers a consensual resolution to the debate by examining the interplay of values, theories and evidence in the contributions of Max Weber (1864-1920), Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) and Moses Finley (1912-86), widely recognised as successive champions of the primitivist cause. Pursuing Finley’s own ‘official’ account of his intellectual roots and hegemonic perspective, the book starts with Weber and Polanyi and ends by finding the actual views of all three far more complex than generally assumed by their followers and critics. <break/><break/>Through systematic scrutiny and contextualisation of tensions in their work arising from the resistance of facts ancient and modern to theories and the varied dissonance of both with ideological priorities the case for a radical reconsideration of the debate and its protagonists is argued.<break/><break/>The book concludes with an account of Athenian developments and institutions which draws on recent scholarship associated with modernism and Marxism as well as primitivism. The work’s interdisciplinary approach and multidisciplinary scope will be of major interest to all concerned with the historical sciences in the broad sense of the term. 04 00 Part 1IntroductionChapter 1 History and political economy at a crossroadsPart 2 Max WeberChapter 2 Primitivism defendedChapter 3 The methodological turnChapter 4 The Weberian settlementPart 3 Karl PolanyiChapter 5 Between liberalism, Christianity, and socialismChapter 6 The Great TransformationChapter 7 Discovery of the economyPart 4 Moses FinleyChapter 8 The serious apprenticeChapter 9 The master craftsmanChapter 10 The battle of the ancient economyEpilogue 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20050621 13 15 9780900587917 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/ancient-athens-and-modern-ideology/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vfdc4362.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da 03 01 01 urn:uuid:832b9747-df1a-41d2-8057-d669d45de9da 15 9781908857774 06 10.14296/220.9781908857774 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A Nicaraguan Exceptionalism? Debating the Legacy of the Sandinista Revolution 1 B01 Hilary Francis 01 eng 00 198 03 20 child migrants 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 12 HBTB 93 JPWQ 20 migration 10 SOC026030 12 1KLCN 93 1KLCN 10 HIS037070 20 revolution 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037080 20 public policy 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 FOR026000 20 interdisciplinary 12 3JJ 93 3MP 10 4.2.7.0.0.0.0 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 03 00 In recent years, child migrants from Honduras, Guatemala and El Salvador have made the perilous journey to the United States in unprecedented numbers, but their peers in Nicaragua have remained at home. Nicaragua also enjoys lower murder rates and far fewer gang problems when compared with her neighbours.Why is Nicaragua so different? The present government has promulgated a discourse of Nicaraguan exceptionalism, arguing that Nicaragua is unique thanks to the heritage of the 1979 Sandinista revolution. This volume critically interrogates that claim, asking whether the legacy of the revolution is truly exceptional. An interdisciplinary work, the book brings together historians, anthropologists and sociologists to explore the multifarious ways in which the revolutionary past continues to shape public policy – and daily life – in Nicaragua’s tumultuous present. 04 00 Introduction: exceptionalism and agency in Nicaragua’s revolutionary heritageHilary Francis1. ‘We didn’t want to be like Somoza’s Guardia’: policing, crime and Nicaraguan exceptionalismRobert Sierakowski2. ‘The revolution was so many things’ Fernanda Soto3. Nicaraguan food policy: between self-sufficiency and dependencyChristiane Berth4. On Sandinista ideas of past connections to the Soviet Union and Nicaraguan exceptionalismJohannes Wilm5. Agrarian reform in Nicaragua in the 1980s: lights and shadows of its legacy José Luis Rocha6. The difference the revolution made: decision-making in Liberal and Sandinista communities Hilary Francis7. Grassroots verticalism? A Comunidad Eclesial de Base in rural NicaraguaDavid Cooper8. Nicaraguan legacies: advances and setbacks in feminist and LGBTQ activismFlorence E. Babb9. Conclusion: exceptionalism and Nicaragua’s many revolutions Justin Wolfe 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200224 13 15 9781908857576 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-nicaraguan-exceptionalism/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857774.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 03 01 01 urn:uuid:364e1d45-5d1d-4476-8552-870ff06c0160 15 9781914477386 06 10.14296/giub4814 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War A Very British Witch Hunt 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7154-7992 Matthew Gerth 01 eng 00 260 03 20 Cold War 12 HBTB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 20 Britain 12 HBTW 93 NHTW 10 POL036000 20 communism 20 socialism 20 trade unions 20 Labour Party 20 Conservative Party 20 politics 20 espionage 20 spy 20 redbaiting 20 McCarthyism 20 M15 20 The Philby Affair 20 British Housewives League 20 League of Empire Loyalists 03 00 The Cold War produced in many countries a form of political repression and societal paranoia which often infected governmental and civic institutions. In the West, the driving catalyst for the phenomenon was anti-communism. While much has been written on the post-war American red scare commonly known as McCarthyism, the domestic British response to the ‘red menace’ during the early Cold War has until now received little attention. Anti-Communism in Britain During the Early Cold War </italic>is the first book to examine how British Cold War anti-communism transpired and manifested as McCarthyism raged across the Atlantic. Drawing from a wealth of archival material, this book demonstrates that while policymakers and politicians in Britain sought to differentiate their anti-communist initiatives from the ‘witch hunt hysteria’ occurring in the United States, they were often keen to conduct – albeit less publicly – their own hunts as well. Through analysing how domestic anti-communism exhibited itself in state policies, political rhetoric, party politics and the trade union movement, it argues that an overreaction to the communist threat occurred. In striking detail, this book describes a nation at war with a specific political ideology and its willingness to use a variety of measures to disrupt or eradicate its influence. 04 00 Introduction1. British McCarthyism2. Labour3. Conservative4. Pressure Groups5. Trade Union MovementConclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20230413 13 15 9781914477348 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/anti-communism-in-britain-during-the-early-cold-war/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/giub4814.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5f35c02f-69d9-44cd-9b95-5ff9eff603f1 15 9781908857842 06 10.14296/0520.9781908857842 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A return to the village: community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture in retrospective 1 B01 Francisco Ferreira 2 B01 Billie Jean Isbell 01 eng 00 328 03 20 Anthropology 93 JHMC 12 JHMC B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 SOC002010 20 Communities 93 JBCC6 12 JHBT 10 SOC062000 20 Andean Culture 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 10 SOC015000 93 1KL 12 1KLSX 20 Fieldwork 20 Ethnohistory 20 Indigenous Studies 03 00 This edited volume brings together several scholars who have produced outstanding ethnographies of Andean communities, mostly in Peru but also in neighbouring countries. These ethnographies were published between the 1970s and 2000s, following different theoretical and thematic approaches, and they often transcended the boundaries of case studies to become important reference works on key aspects of Andean culture: for example, the symbolism and ritual uses of coca in the case of Catherine J. Allen; agricultural rituals and internal social divisions in the case of Peter Gose; social organisation and kinship in the case of Billie Jean Isbell; the use of khipus and concepts of literacy in the case of Frank Salomon; and the management and ritual dimensions of water and irrigation in the case of Ricardo Valderrama and Carmen Escalante.In their chapters the authors revisit their original works in the light of contemporary anthropology, focusing on different academic and personal aspects of their ethnographies. For example, they explain how they chose the communities they worked in; the personal relations they established there during fieldwork; the kind of links they have maintained; and how these communities have changed over time. They also review their original methodological and theoretical approaches and findings, reassessing their validity and explaining how their views have evolved or changed since they originally conducted their fieldwork and published their studies.This book also offers a review of the evolution and role of community ethnographies in the context of Andean anthropology. These ethnographies had a significant influence between the 1940s and 1980s, when they could be roughly divided – following Olivia Harris – between ‘long-termist’ and ‘short-termist’ approaches, depending on predominant focuses on historical continuities or social change respectively. However, by the 1990s these works came to be widely considered as too limited and subjective in the context of wider academic changes, such as the emergence of postmodern trends, and reflective and literary turns in anthropology. Overall, the book aims to reflect on this evolution of community ethnographies in the Andes, and on their contribution to the study of Andean culture. 04 00 Introduction: Community ethnographies and the study of Andean culture 1. Reflections on fieldwork in Chuschi 2. Losing my heart 3. Deadly waters decades later 4. Yanque Urinsaya: ethnography of an Andean community (a tribute to Billie Jean Isbell) 5. Record keeping: ethnography and the uncertainty of contemporary community studies 6. Long lines of continuity: field ethnohistory and customary conservation 7. Avoiding community studies: the historical turn in Bolivian and South Andean anthropology 8. In love with comunidades 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200529 13 15 9781908857248 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-return-to-the-village-community-ethnographies-and-the-study-of-andean-culture-in-retrospective/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0520.9781908857842.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5f056bda-71b4-4c4b-bff5-58d30630a2c1 15 9781915249227 06 10.63674/hyzm1338 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Atlantic Isles Travel and Identity in the British and Irish West, 1880–1940 1 A01 Gareth Roddy 01 eng 00 288 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHTB 20 political separatism 20 First World War 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015060 93 JPFN 93 1DDU 20 Cornwall 10 HIS015070 12 JPFN 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDR 20 Isle of Skye 10 1.1.1.0.0.0.0 12 1DBR 93 3MNQ 20 north-west Wales 12 3JJC 20 west Connacht 20 historiographical 03 00 From remote islands to sunken lands, Gareth Roddy traces how travel writing and tourism shaped the cultural and political imagination of the British and Irish West between 1880 and 1940.</bold>The west has long gripped the imagination. In Atlantic Isles</italic>, Gareth Roddy examines the cultural and political prominence of the ‘westward gaze’, which flourished in late-nineteenth century Britain and Ireland. From Cornish cliffs and Welsh mountains to Hebridean islands and the Connemara highlands, the west was an imagined geography that transcended the national territories of these isles. In the west, geologists uncovered ancient layers of rock, ethnologists described older racial ‘types’, philologists looked for the survival of Celtic languages, and antiquarians and archaeologists marvelled at megalithic monuments at the Atlantic coastline.The book draws on wide-ranging contemporary sources, including works of geology, philology, ethnology, history, geography, archaeology, folklore, literature, sociology and an extensive collection of travel writing that popularised western landscapes among readers and tourists who explored the increasingly accessible west by road, rail, and steamer. Atlantic Isles</italic> reveals that western landscapes were especially powerful spaces of modern enchantment, where stories of sunken lands and mythical islands produced a sense of mystery and wonder in a supposedly disenchanted world. The significance of western landscapes for national identities is well known, but this book demonstrates that the west was also central to debates about Britishness and to the bold attempt to construct a narrative of multinational union that claimed deep historical roots at a time when the subject of Home Rule periodically dominated political debate. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>Part I Infrastructure</li> <li>1 Infrastructure and tourism in the west</li> <li>Part II Enchantment </li> <li>2 The westward gaze – elusive islands</li> <li>3 The westward gaze – sunken lands</li> <li>Part III Performance</li> <li>4 Performing travel</li> <li>5 Looking back – modernity and the west</li> <li>Part IV Identity</li> <li>6 Layers of Britishness</li> <li>7 Varieties of Britishness</li> <li>Conclusion: Atlantic Isles</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20251030 13 15 9781915249203 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/hyzm1338.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/atlantic-isles-travel-and-identity-in-the-british-and-irish-west-1880-1940/ 99 01 urn:uuid:b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b690b4c1-0f51-4d0c-9bc5-1ef608292a92 15 9781912250394 06 10.14296/420.9781912250394 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 A World You Do Not Know Settler Societies, Indigenous Peoples and the Attack on Cultural Diversity 1 A01 Colin Samson 01 eng 00 284 03 20 colonial history B2 Human Rights 93 JHM 12 JHM 10 SOC062000 B2 Commonwealth Studies 20 indigenous 93 JBCC 12 JFC 10 POL038000 10 4.0.2.0.0.0.0 20 colonisation 93 JBSL11 12 JFSL9 12 1KBC 93 1KBC 20 Innu 93 2JNCG 20 Quebec 93 5HCT 20 Canada 20 US 03 00 A World You Do Not Know explores the wilful ignorance demonstrated by North America’s settlers in establishing their societies on lands already occupied by indigenous nations. Using the Innu of Labrador-Quebec as one powerful contemporary example, Colin Samson shows how the processes of displacement and assimilation today resemble those of the 19th century as the state and corporations scramble for Innu lands. While nation building, capitalism and industrialisation are shown to have undermined indigenous peoples’ wellbeing, the values that guide societies like the Innu are very much alive. The book ends by showcasing how ideas and land-based activities of indigenous groups in Canada and the US are being maintained and recast as ways to address the attack on cultural diversity and move forward to more positive futures. 04 00 Preface: ‘Things to teach you of a world you do not know’ 1. All is not lost 2. The march of civilisation 3. Egalitarianism to capitalism 4. Nature and nation-building 5. Caribou to Chubby Chicken 6. Western diseases 7. Land-based revitalisation Bibliography 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200424 13 15 9780957521001 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781912250394.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/a-world-you-do-not-know/ 99 01 urn:uuid:6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6e40674a-36fb-45dc-a0f6-e94f603e8a4f 15 9781914477164 06 10.14296/202205.9781914477164 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Becoming a Historian An Informal Guide 1 A01 Penelope J. Corfield 2 A01 21 0000-0002-4429-5870 Tim Hitchcock 01 eng 00 216 03 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History 93 NHA 20 scholarly community 93 GTB 12 HBA 20 historians 20 methods 20 advice 20 research projects 03 00 Writing history is an art and a craft. This handbook supports research students and independent scholars by showing how the historical profession works and how to participate in its vibrant community of scholars. It outlines techniques to help design large-scale research projects, demonstrates the difference between quantitative and qualitative research methodologies and provides advice on bringing projects to a positive conclusion. This friendly guide is frank about the pains and pleasures of sticking with a long-term project, and explains how to present original research to wider audiences, including the appropriate use of social media, the art of public lecturing and strategies for publication.Written by esteemed historians Penelope J. Corfield and Tim Hitchcock, Becoming a Historian</italic> debunks the myths and demystifies the systems that can make the world of research feel intimidating, and offers step-by-step advice on participating in the historical community. 04 00 Part 1 Starting, Assessing, Organising 1.1 Joining the Through-Time Community of Historians 1.2 Launching the Research Project 1.3 Shared Monitoring of the Timetable 1.4 Finding Well-Attested Evidence 1.5 Probing Sources & Methodologies 1.6 Managing Masses of Data Part 2 Writing, Analysing, Interpreting 2.1 Writing as a Historian 2.2 Doing It in Public: Historians & Social Media 2.3 Unblocking Writer’s Block, or Better Still, Non-Blocking in the First Place 2.4 Using Technology Creatively: Digital History 2.5 Assessing Some Key Research Approaches 2.6 Troubleshooting Part 3 Presenting, Completing & Moving Onwards 3.1 Public Lecturing 3.2 Asking & Answering Seminar Questions 3.3 Chairing Seminars 3.4 Taking the Last Steps to Completion 3.5 Experiencing the Viva including Appendix: Note on Range of Viva Outcomes & Appropriate Responses 3.6 Moving Onwards to Publication & Civic Engagement Part 4 Taking the Long View – Career Outcomes 4.1 Academic Trackways 4.2 Parallel Trackways 4.3 Summary: Trained Historians’ Knowledge and Skills Part 5 Reflecting 5.1.1 & 5.1.2 Retrospective Thoughts Select Booklist 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220518 13 15 9781914477157 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/becoming-a-historian/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202205.9781914477164.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb 03 01 01 urn:uuid:52530940-6917-4dd2-90dd-f3d26b3823bb 15 9781914477263 06 10.14296/rkft3410 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Before Grenfell Fire, Safety and Deregulation in Twentieth-Century Britain 1 A01 Shane Ewen 01 eng 20 Grenfell 12 HBLX 10 HIS037080 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 20 fire 12 HBJD1 93 LNKK 10 POL002000 10 ARC003000 20 fire safety 93 RPC 12 TNKF 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 20 Justice4Grenfell 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 Grenfell United 20 late-capitalism 20 poverty 20 building regulation 20 housing development 20 urban planning 20 urban redevelopment 20 high-rise 20 tower blocks 20 neoliberalism 20 deregulation 20 mass-fatality fires 20 london 20 tragedy 03 00 On 14 June 2017, flames engulfed a residential block of flats in West London. 72 people lost their lives and many hundreds more were traumatised as a national ‘cladding crisis’ unfolded. Yet the Grenfell Tower fire was a disaster foretold – the culmination of successive decades of deregulation, corporate greed and institutional failure to learn from the lessons of past multiple-fatality fires. By advocating a historical approach spanning the twentieth century, Before Grenfell</italic> deepens our contemporary understanding of the events surrounding the disaster and reveals how past decisions taken by governments and industry bodies created the conditions under which the fire occurred. Drawing upon unexplored archives as well as extensive use of published records, Shane Ewen’s book traces the underlying causes of the fire through more than four decades of deregulation of fire precautions, scientific governance and building regulations by successive governments in thrall to the ideology of neoliberalism. In drawing upon several previous, and often forgotten, multiple-fatality fires, the book sheds light on the historic failures of policymakers to heed the lessons of the past in protecting vulnerable communities, arguing that good policymaking necessitates learning with</italic> history as well as learning from</italic> history. 04 00 Introduction: Multiple-fatality fires, deregulation and the value of ‘thinking with history’<ol> <li> From byelaws to building regulations: recasting building control in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> How red tape saves lives: the law on fire precautions in Britain since the 1970s </li> <li> The mixed economy of ‘scientific governance’ in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> The path of least intervention in the ‘great unswept corner of English housing policy’: multiple-fatality fires in houses in multiple occupation in the 1980s and 1990s </li> </ol>Conclusion: The need to learn before and after GrenfellBibliography 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20230720 13 15 9781914477256 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/rkft3410.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/before-grenfell/ 99 01 urn:uuid:0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0fe904f7-3712-4e18-8fea-0ba66ae3e7a6 15 9781913739041 06 10.14296/ufnt1799 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Books, Readers and Libraries in Fiction 1 B01 21 0000-0002-0898-808X Karen Attar 2 B01 21 0000-0003-4925-7627 Andrew Nash 01 eng 12 DSK 93 DSK 20 english studies 10 LIT007000 B2 Literary Studies 93 DSA 12 DSA 20 gender 10 LIT024000 93 1DDU 12 2AB 20 genre 93 2ACB 12 3J 20 library history 93 3M 20 reception theory 20 intratextuality 20 intertextuality 20 reading 20 materiality 20 novel 20 text 20 poetry 03 00 It is easy to find books and libraries within fiction from the earliest times onwards in works for all age groups, in canonical literature and in books that form part of popular culture. From Don Quixote</italic> to Louisa M. Alcott’s March girls and Terry Pratchett’s Unseen University wizards, the reading material of fictional personae is part of their characterisation; we are often reading readers. This volume breaks new ground in offering a chronological range of essays exploring the depiction of books, libraries and reading specifically in fiction from the medieval period to the present. Through detailed case studies from primarily British fiction that address common themes such as gender, genre and the relation between reading and writing itself, the collection examines the ways in which authors of fiction mediate and interpret books, libraries, and the act of reading to their own readers. Fiction enables writers to teach readers how to read, but it can also portray subversive acts of reading that engage with contemporary cultural anxieties or moral debates. The volume draws on approaches from literary studies, book history, library history, and theories and histories of reading, to examine what fictional representations of reading tell us about changing cultural attitudes to different reading practices, and the use (and abuse) of books beyond actual reading, both in the context of specific works and about the reception of books more widely. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Books, Reading, and Libraries in Fiction Karen Attar and Andrew Nash </li> <li> 1 Reading Envisioned in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries Daniel Sawyer </li> <li> 2 ‘The Gay Part of Reading’: Corruption through Reading? Rahel Orgis </li> <li> 3 ‘Fling Peregrine Pickle under the toilet’: Reading Fiction Together in the Eighteenth Century Abigail Williams </li> <li> 4 Jane Austen’s Refinement of the Intradiegetic Novel Reader in Northanger Abbey: A Study in Ricoeurian Hermeneutics of Recuperation Monika Class </li> <li> 5 ‘Evaluating Negative Representations of Reading: Ivan Turgenev’s Faust (1855)’ Shafquat Towheed </li> <li> 6 ‘I spent all yesterday trying to read’: Reading in the Face of Existential Threat in Bram Stoker’s Dracula Hannah Callahan </li> <li> 7 ‘Into separate brochures’: Stitched Work and a New New Testament in Thomas Hardy’s Jude the Obscure Lucy Sixsmith </li> <li> 8 A Fire Fed on Books: Books and Reading in D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers Susan Watson </li> <li> 9 ‘I sometimes like to read a novel’: Books and Reading in Victorian Adventure Romance Andrew Nash </li> <li> 10 When It Isn’t Cricket: Books, Reading and Libraries in the Girls’ School Story Karen Attar </li> <li> 11 The Body in the Library in the Fiction of Agatha Christie and her `Golden Age’ Contemporaries Keith Manley </li> <li> 12 ‘Very Nearly Magical’: Books and their Readers in Terry Pratchett’s Discworld Series Jane Suzanne Carroll </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250130 13 15 9781913739027 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ufnt1799.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/books-readers-and-libraries-in-fiction/ 99 01 urn:uuid:95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6 03 01 01 urn:uuid:95e2d32b-6e36-4062-84c7-091c1c947ff6 15 9781909646452 06 10.14296/117.9781909646452 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brave new world: Imperial and democratic nation-building in Britain between the wars 1 B01 Laura Beers 2 B01 Geraint Thomas 01 eng 00 288 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 Inter-war Britain 93 NHD 20 Conservatives 20 British Empire 20 Fabian Colonial Bureau 20 British press 20 Modernism 20 Black intellectuals 20 Daily Mirror 20 Save the Children Fund 03 00 After the First World War, Britain faced a number of challenges as it sought to adapt to domestic conditions of mass democracy while maintaining its position in the empire in the face of national independence movements. As politicians at home and abroad sought to legitimize their position, new efforts were made to conceptualize nationality and citizenship, with attempts to engage the public using mass media and greater emphasis on governing in the public interest. Brave New World reappraises the domestic and imperial history of Britain in the inter-war period, investigating how 'nation building' was given renewed impetus by the upheavals of the First World War. The essays in this collection address how new technologies and approaches to governance were used to forge new national identities both at home and in the empire, covering a wide range of issues from the representation of empire on film to the convergence of politics and 'star culture'. The book is an invaluable resource for scholars of British social, political and imperial history, as well as being of interest to the general reader. 04 00 Introduction1 Political modernity and ‘government’ in the construction of inter-war democracy: local and national encountersGeraint Thomas2 Whig lessons, Conservative answers: the literary adventures of Sir J. A. R. MarriottGary Love3 The ‘Will to Work’: industrial management and the question of conduct in inter-war BritainDaniel Ussishkin4 Representing the people? The Daily Mirror, class and political culture in inter-war BritainAdrian Bingham5 ‘A timid disbelief in the equality to which lip-service is constantly paid’: gender, politics and the press between the warsLaura Beers6 Conservative values, Anglicans and the gender order in inter-war BritainLucy Delap7 Cultivating internationalism: Save the Children Fund, public opinion and the meaning of child relief, 1919–24Ellen Boucher8 ‘Mending a broken world’: the universities and the nation, 1918–36Tamson Pietsch9 Inter-war agnotology: empire, democracy and the production of ignorancePriya Satia10 Black intellectuals in the imperial metropolis and the debate over race and empire in Sanders of the RiverMarc Matera11 Co-operatives and the technocrats, or ‘the Fabian agony’ revisitedAaron Windel 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170109 13 15 9781905165582 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brave-new-world-imperial-and-democratic-nation-building-in-britain-between-the-wars/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9781909646452.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765 03 01 01 urn:uuid:62c43edf-64e4-4de6-9b74-24903a51e765 15 9781908857613 06 10.14296/618.9781908857613 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Brazil: Essays on History and Politics 1 A01 Leslie Bethell 01 eng 00 232 03 12 HBJK 93 JP B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 Latin America 10 POL057000 12 JP 20 Leslie Bethell 93 NHK 12 1KLSB 93 1KLSB 20 Bolsonaro 93 3MN 20 Paraguayan War 93 3MP 20 fascism 93 3MR 20 populism 20 politics 20 slavery 20 democracy 20 Partido dos Trabalhadores 20 Partido da Social Democracia Brasileira 03 00 Leslie Bethell is the most respected scholar of Brazil of his generation. This has been recognized in Brazil by being made a corresponding fellow of both the Brazilian Academy of Letters and of Sciences. Perhaps best known for his book The Abolition of the Brazilian Slave Trade </italic>(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970), Leslie Bethell’s scholarship has ranged widely not least in his editorship of the 12-volume Cambridge History of Latin America</italic> (1984-2008). In recent years he has continued to research the modern history of Brazil, much of which he has presented in invited lectures and Brazilian journals and remained unpublished in English until now. In 2010 he presented a provocative paper in the Journal of Latin American Studies</italic> on the relationship between Brazil arguing that, historically, the idea of Brazil as part of Latin America was never fully embraced by Spanish Americans or Brazilians and here he continues to reflect on this issue. Leslie Bethell’s fascination with and commitment to Brazil is revealed for the first time in his introductory autobiographical essay that traces his career from school through the many senior academic positions he has held both sides of the Atlantic. 04 00 Preface Anthony Peireira Introduction: Why Brazil? An autobiographical fragment 1. Brazil and Latin America 2. Britain and Brazil (1808–1914) 3. The Paraguayan War (1864–70) 4. The decline and fall of slavery in Brazil (1850–88) 5. The long road to democracy in Brazil 6. Populism in Brazil 7. The failure of the Left in Brazil 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180629 13 15 9781908857545 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/618.9781908857613.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/brazil-essays-on-history-and-politics/ 99 01 urn:uuid:d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d1cf4879-5534-4c94-8628-01896fc4558d 15 9781913739089 06 10.63674/jimx5453 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 British Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700 1 B01 21 0000-0002-1765-7215 John Goodridge 2 B01 21 0000-0001-9594-7835 Adam Bridgen 01 eng 20 British 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 Literary Studies 93 NHTB 93 DSB B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 10 LIT025030 20 women writers 93 1DDU 10 LIT025050 20 radical culture 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 3ML 20 poetry 93 3MN 20 politics 93 3MP 20 socialism 93 3MRB 20 literary 20 working-class 20 Stephen Duck 20 John Clare 03 00 An essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.</bold>At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth. 04 00 Foreword: Remembering H. Gustav KlausChristian Schmitt-KilbIntroductionJohn Goodridge and Adam BridgenI. The Making of the Working-Class Writer'There is an End of the Thresher's Labours': Stephen Duck's Enigmatic DeathWilliam J. ChristmasOther Realms of Labouring-Class Antislavery: The Early Verse and Medical Writing of Thomas TrotterAdam BridgenThe Rise, Fall and Revival of Labouring-Class Poetry in the Commercial Market, 1800-1821Tim FulfordThe Post-Humanist John ClareSimon J. WhiteII. Nineteenth-Century DevelopmentsMediated Melodies: ‘Jone o’ Grinfilt’ and the Challenges of Ballad PreservationRebekah ErdmanFriend of the People: The Poetry of H. H. Horton (1811-96) of BirminghamStephen RobertsRewriting Trauma: Elizabeth Campbell's Unedited and Edited PoemsFlorence BoosHelen Macfarlane: A Radical among Middle-Class Women Writers of the Mid-Nineteenth CenturyJohn RignallThe Pit Mice: Animals in the Mines and the Working-Class PoetKirstie BlairIII. Twentieth-Century PioneersPaving the Road to Socialism: The Political Leadership and Pastoral Writing of Katharine Glasier (1867-1950)Heidi Renée AijalaEthel Carnie Holdsworth (1886-1962) and the Question of AudienceKathleen BellIntersections of Class and Gender in the Fiction of Lewis Grassic Gibbon and Tessa HadleyLivi MichaelIV. Postwar Issues: Deindustrialisation, Casual Work, FeminismA Crisis in Masculinity? A comparison between English and West German Miners’ Novels, 1945-1970Steve EszrenyiWoman Wanted Theatre Cleaner (8-12 daily): The Missing Literature of the Empty Mopped StageSarah K. WhitfieldThieves in the Night: Women in the early days of the Birmingham Centre for Contemporary Cultural StudiesMonika SeidlV. Contemporary Developments: Empire, Ecology, and BelongingThe Caribbean Radical Tradition and Diasporic Politics in George Lamming's Water with BerriesMatti RonGypsy's Women's Lives: Facts, Autobiographies and Louise Doughty's Novel Stone CradleIngrid von RosenbergDegrowth and Marxist Ecology: New Directions for Criticism after Gustav KlausLuke Lewin Davies 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250925 13 15 9781913739065 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/british-working-class-and-radical-writing-since-1700/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/jimx5453.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 03 01 01 urn:uuid:4705fcf9-ba63-47e5-84f2-b8fa9a081cbc 15 9781912250608 06 10.14296/lsbs7954 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Capitalism, Colonisation and the Ecocide-Genocide Nexus 1 A01 21 0000-0002-9356-8521 Martin Crook 01 eng 00 272 03 20 eco-genocidal B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 20 capitalism 10 POL023000 93 RN 12 RN 12 HBTZ 93 NHTZ 10 POL061000 20 production 20 developmentalism 12 KCP 93 KCSA 10 POL045000 12 1HFGK 10 3.3.5.0.0.0.0 93 KCP 20 political economy 93 1HFGK 12 1MBF 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 20 human rights 93 1MBF 20 exterminism 20 dispossession 20 Kenya 20 Australia 20 settler colonies 20 Indigenous people 20 colonialism 03 00 With climate change and a looming ecological crisis impacting the systems and institutions that support life, this timely publication examines the drivers of ecologically induced genocide – the environmental destruction resulting in conditions of life that fundamentally threaten a social group’s cultural or physical existence. Focusing on the former British colonies of Kenya and Australia, both united by a discourse of developmentalism, the book draws attention to the critical role that the destructions of ecologies has historically played, and continues to play, in the genocide of Indigenous and place-based peoples. It synthesises radical political ecology with a political-economic approach to illuminate the nexus between the inherently genocidal and ecocidal properties of the capitalist global system and the manner in which the ecocidal logic of capital intersects with settler and post-colonial structures. In exploring the genocidal effects of climate governance and market environmentalism on Indigenous peoples in Kenya and forms of energy extraction on Indigenous groups in Australia, the book also draws on original interviews to prioritise the lived experiences of, and give voice to, the groups that have suffered structural violence and social harms. Fundamentally, it puts forward a political economy of genocide</italic>, which seeks to explain the manner in which material forces, on local and global scales, underpin and give rise to ever-evolving relations of genocide. As such, this important book deepens and enriches our knowledge of genocide and the eco-genocidal nature of colonisation, and the capitalist mode of production that underpins developmentalism. 04 00 1 Introduction: Ecological inequity, ‘exterminism’ and genocide2 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Then3 Australia: The Architecture of Dispossession Now4 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Then5 Kenya: The Architecture of Dispossession Now6 Conclusion: A Neo-Lemkinian Ontology in the Age of the Anthropocene 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20241121 13 15 9781912250585 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/capitalism-colonisation-and-the-ecocide-genocide-nexus/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/lsbs7954.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:da6e3856-bdec-4206-ae8b-351767da1ab8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:da6e3856-bdec-4206-ae8b-351767da1ab8 15 9780992725778 06 10.14296/319.9780992725778 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Charlotte Brontë's City of Glass 1 A01 Isobel Armstrong 01 eng 00 32 03 20 Bronte 93 D 12 DSBF 10 LIT004120 B2 Literary Studies 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 Crystal Palace 10 HIS018000 12 3JH 93 3MNB 20 glass 93 5PX-GB-S 20 juvenilia 20 Vilette 20 fantasy 20 dreams 03 00 This lecture was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1992.<break/><break/> The Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures were established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190331 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/charlotte-brontes-city-of-glass/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/319.9780992725778.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff 03 01 01 urn:uuid:b4a0da7f-7870-46f7-8327-d5e6866420ff 15 9781912702886 06 10.14296/2109.9781912702886 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain 1 B01 21 0000-0002-3310-1583 Siân Pooley 2 B01 21 0000-0003-1790-7699 Jonathan Taylor 01 eng 00 302 03 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 housing estate 12 JKSB1 93 JKSB1 10 POL019000 20 Glasgow 12 JKS 10 SOC047000 93 VFDJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 childhood 10 HIS015070 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1MBF 93 1MBF 20 child 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 10 6.0.1.0.0.0.0 20 social security 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-S 12 2AB 20 welfare state 93 2ACB 12 3JJ 20 sex education 93 3MP 20 teenagers 20 teenage 20 parenting 20 neglect 20 agency 20 The Borough Council 20 child philanthropy 20 Brook Advisory Centre 20 women in prison 20 Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme 20 Commonwealth 20 migration programme 20 play-area design 20 child playground 20 family history 20 child history 03 00 The history of childhood and welfare in Britain through the eyes of children. Children’s Experiences of Welfare in Modern Britain </italic>brings together the latest historical research on welfare provision by the state, charities and families from 1830 to 1980. Demonstrating how the young were integral to the making, interpretation, delivery and impact of welfare services, the chapters consider a wide range of investments in young people’s lives, including residential institutions, emigration schemes, hospitals and clinics, schools, social housing and familial care. Drawing upon thousands of personal testimonies, including a wealth of writing by children themselves, the book shows that we can only understand the history and impact of welfare if we listen to children’s experiences. 04 00 Introduction 1.Children’s experiences of the Children’s Friend Society emigration scheme to the colonial Cape, 1833-41: snapshots from compliance to rebellion Rebecca Swartz 2.‘Their mother is a violent drunken woman who has been several times in prison’: ‘saving’ children from their families, 1850-1900 Gillian Lamb 3.‘Dear Sir, remember me often if possible’: family, belonging, and identity for children in care in Britain, c. 1870-1920 Claudia Soares 4.Child philanthropy, family care and young bodies in Britain 1876-1914 Siân Pooley 5.‘Everything was done by the clock’: agency in children’s convalescent homes, 1932-61 Maria Marven 6.‘The Borough Council have done a great deal ... I hope they continue to do so in the future’: children, community and the welfare state, 1941-55 Jonathan Taylor 7.Welfare and constraint on children’s agency: the case of post-war UK child migration programmes to Australia Gordon Lynch 8.‘The school that I’d like’: children and teenagers write about education in England and Wales, 1945-79 Laura Tisdall 9.Making their own fun: children’s play in high-rise estates in Glasgow in the 1960s and 1970s Valerie Wright 10.Teenagers, sex and the Brook Advisory Centres, 1964-85 Caroline Rusterholz Postscript: Insights for policy-makers and practitioners 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210917 13 15 9781912702862 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/childrens-experiences-of-welfare-in-modern-britain/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2109.9781912702886.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:98291752-5f83-4043-93c2-0dd4a7dadeb8 15 9781912702664 06 10.14296/2106.9781912702664 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Church and People in Interregnum Britain 1 B01 Fiona McCall 01 eng 00 300 03 20 church 12 HB 10 HIS015040 B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 93 1DDU-GB-E 12 HBLH 10 REL108020 20 religion 12 1DBKE 93 2ACB 20 early-career 10 HIS037040 10 1.1.2.2.0.0.0 12 2AB 93 3MGB-GB-H 20 court records 12 3JD 93 3MGQS-GB-K 20 welsh language 93 6AG 20 clergy 20 parish 20 register 20 theology 20 archives 20 Cromwell 03 00 In 1645, as the First Civil War approached its end, a second Reformation took place which created profound dislocations in religion and in British society. The Church was disestablished, and godly puritan practices promoted in parish churches and everyday life. Some clergy and parishioners embraced change; others were horrified, experiencing these as times of madness and trouble. Historians continue to debate the extent of the social disruption that resulted, and the impact of godly ideals. With an introduction from Professor Bernard Capp, pre-eminent social historian of the period, this collection of essays assesses interregnum religious practice at ground level, based on a sophisticated understanding of the complex and unique pattern of record-keeping and survival from the period. Each chapter takes an original approach, using a specific local or institutional case study or previously under-examined source from England, Scotland or Wales. In the process, we see how ever-evolving national initiatives met local spaces, local traditions and individual personal agendas. We see the tensions produced by the emergence of religious plurality in a society still yearning for social conformity under a uniform practice of religion, the forces for inclusion and exclusion, of acceptance of or estrangement from godly religion. 04 00 Introduction: stability and flux: the Church in the interregnum Bernard CappThe administration of the interregnum Church1. What happened in English and Welsh parishes c.1642– 62?:a research agenda Andrew Foster2. ‘Soe good and godly a worke’: the surveys of ecclesiastical livings and parochial reform during the English Revolution Alex Craven3. The ecclesiastical patronage of Oliver Cromwell, c.1654–60 Rebecca WarrenThe clergy of the Commonwealth4. The impact of the landscape on the clergy of seventeenth-century Dorset Trixie Gadd5. The clergy of Sussex: the impact of change, 1635–65 Helen M. WhittleEnforcing godly ideals6. ‘Breaching the laws of God and man’: secular prosecutions of religious offences in the interregnum parish, 1645–60 Fiona McCall7. Scandalous Ayr: parish- level continuities in 1650s Scotland Alfred JohnsonTraditionalist religion: patterns of persistence and resistance8. Malignant parties: loyalist religion in southern England Rosalind Johnson9. ‘God’s vigilant watchmen’: the words of episcopalian clergy in Wales, 1646– 60 Sarah Ward ClavierRemembering godly rule10. ‘A crack’d mirror’: reflections on ‘godly rule’ in Warwickshire in 1662 245 Maureen Harris 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210623 13 15 9781912702640 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/church-and-people-in-interregnum-britain/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2106.9781912702664.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:c7dd96fd-3197-4d11-a44e-37cae51ccc2b 15 9781912702367 06 10.14296/0320.9781912702367 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cinemas and Cinema-Going in the United Kingdom Decades of Decline, 1945–65 1 A01 Sam Manning 01 eng 00 250 03 93 ATFA 20 cinema 12 HB 10 HIS015070 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 12 APF 20 leisure 93 NH 10 PER004030 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU-GB-EYKS 12 HBLW3 20 television 12 1DBK 93 1DDU-GB-NB 20 programming 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 post-war 12 3JJ 93 3MPQ 93 6AG 03 00 Cinema-going was the most popular commercial leisure activity in the first half of the twentieth century, peaking in 1946 with 1.6 billion recorded admissions. Though ‘going to the pictures’ remained a popular pastime, the transition to peacetime altered citizens’ leisure habits. During the 1950s increased affluence, the growth of television ownership and the diversification of leisure led to rapid declines in attendance. Cinema attendances fell in all regions, but the speed, nature and extent of decline varied widely across the United Kingdom.By linking national developments to detailed case studies of Belfast and Sheffield, this book adds nuance to our understanding of regional variations in film exhibition, audience habits and cinema-going experiences during a period of profound social and cultural change. Drawing on a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources, Cinema and Cinema-Going conveys the diverse nature of this important industry, and the significance of place as a determinant of film attendance in post-war Britain.Dr Sam Manning teaches at Queen’s University Belfast and is a postdoctoral researcher on the AHRC European Cinema Audiences project at Oxford Brookes University. He has recently published articles on the history of cinemas in Northern Ireland in Cultural and Social History and Media History. 04 00 Introduction 1. Cinema-going experiences 2. The decline of cinema-going 3. Cinema-going and the built environment 4. Cinema exhibition, programming and audience preferences in Belfast 5. Film exhibition in post-war Sheffield Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200331 13 15 9781912702343 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0320.9781912702367.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cinemas-and-cinema-going-in-the-united-kingdom/ 99 01 urn:uuid:93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:93c50cd5-66e6-4286-a443-01274d7baeb7 15 9781909646926 06 10.14296/420.9781909646926 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Civilian Specialists at War Britain's Transport Experts and the First World War 1 A01 Christopher Phillips 01 eng 00 444 03 12 HBWN 10 HIS027090 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHWR5 20 war 20 First World War 12 KNG 93 KNG 10 TEC009160 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 transport 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 experts 12 3JJF 93 3MPB 20 travel 93 3MPBFB 20 trains 03 00 The war of 1914–18 was the first great conflict to be fought between highly industrial societies able to manufacture and transport immense quantities of goods to the field of battle. In Civilian Specialists at War</italic>, Christopher Phillips examines the manner in which Britain’s industrial society influenced the character and conduct of industrial warfare. This book analyses the multiple connections between the military, the government and the senior executives of some of pre-war Britain’s largest companies. It illustrates the British army’s evolving response to the First World War and the role to be played by non-military expertise in the prosecution of such a conflict. This study demonstrates that pre-existing professional relationships between the army, the government and private enterprise were exploited throughout the conflict. It details how civilian technologies facilitated the prosecution of war on an unprecedented scale, while showing how British experts were constrained by the political and military demands of coalition warfare. Civilian Specialists at War</italic> reveals that Britain’s transport experts were a key component in the country’s conduct of the First World War. 04 00 Introduction Part I: Preparation 1. Forging a relationship: the army, the government and Britain’s transport experts, 1825–1914 2. A fruitful collaboration: Henry Wilson, the railways and the BEF’s mobilization, 1910–14 Part II: Expansion 3. Stepping into their places: Britain’s transport experts and the expanding war, 1914–16 4. Commitment and constraint I: the South-Eastern and Chatham Railway and the port of Boulogne 5. Commitment and constraint II: Commander Gerald Holland and the role of inland water transport Part III: Armageddon 6. The civilians take over? Sir Eric Geddes and the crisis of 1916 7. ‘By similar methods as adopted by the English railway companies’: materials and working practices on the western front, 1916–18 8. The balancing act: Britain’s transport experts, the global war effort and coalition warfare, 1916–18 9. The road to victory: transportation in the British Expeditionary Force, 1917–18 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200430 13 15 9781909646902 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/420.9781909646926.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/civilian-specialists-at-war/ 99 01 urn:uuid:d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d6ce3872-2cb1-40ce-90bc-937d44a9d5f4 15 9781912702589 06 10.14296/321.9781912702589 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Coal Country The Meaning and Memory of Deindustrialization in Postwar Scotland 1 A01 21 0000-0001-7487-7241 Ewan Gibbs 01 eng 00 312 03 20 Deindustrialization 12 HBTK B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 LNHR 10 POL013000 20 coal mining 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015070 93 NHTK 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DBKS 93 1DDU-GB-S 20 trade unions 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 moral economy 12 3JJP 93 3MP 20 Scotland 93 6AG 03 00 The flooding and subsequent closure of Scotland’s last deep coal mine in 2002 brought a centuries long saga to an end. Villages and towns across the densely populated Central Belt owe their existence to coal mining’s expansion during the nineteenth century and its maturation in the twentieth. Colliery closures and job losses were not just experienced in economic terms: they had profound implications for what it meant to be a worker, a Scot and a resident of an industrial settlement. Coal Country</italic> presents the first book-length account of deindustrialization in the Scottish coalfields. It draws on archival research using records from UK government, the nationalized coal industry and trade unions, as well as the words and memories of former miners, their wives and children that were collected in an extensive oral history project.Deindustrialization progressed as a slow but powerful march across the second half of the twentieth century. In this book, big changes in cultural identities are explained as the outcome of long-term economic developments. The oral testimonies bring to life transformations in gender relations and distinct generational workplaces experiences. This book argues that major alterations to the politics of class and nationhood have their origins in deindustrialization. The adverse effects of UK government policy, and centralization in the nationalized coal industry, encouraged miners and their trade union to voice their grievances in the language of Scottish national sovereignty. These efforts established a distinctive Scottish national coalfield community and laid the foundations for a devolved Scottish Parliament. Coal Country </italic>explains the deep roots of economic changes and their political reverberations, which continue to be felt as we debate another major change in energy sources during the 2020s. 04 00 Introduction: Those who walked in darkest valleys Chapter 1 ‘Buried treasure’: industrial development in the Scottish coalfields, c.1940s–1980s Chapter 2 Moral economy: custom and social obligation in colliery closures Chapter 3 Communities: ‘it was pretty good’ in reconstructed locales Chapter 4 Gendered experiences Chapter 5 Generational perspectives Chapter 6 Coalfield politics and nationhood Chapter 7 Synthesis: ‘the full burden of national conscience’: class, nation and deindustrialization Conclusion: The meaning and memory of deindustrialization Appendix: Interviewee biographies Bibliography 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210215 13 15 9781912702541 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/321.9781912702589.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/coal-country/ 99 01 urn:uuid:40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:40db12bf-f0a1-491f-9408-4a1e3643a63c 15 9781912250219 06 10.14296/0120.9781912250219 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Contemporary Challenges in Securing Human Rights 1 B01 Corinne Lennox 01 eng 00 164 03 20 human rights B2 Human Rights 12 JPVH 93 JPVH 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 93 JBFA 12 JPW 10 POL004000 20 refugees 93 JPW 20 women's rights 20 justice 20 change 20 legal protections 03 00 To celebrate the 20th anniversary of the MA in Understanding and Securing Human Rights offered at the School of Advanced Study, University of London, we are pleased to publish a commemorative edited volume on human rights themes authored by distinguished alumni and faculty. <break/> The chapters reflect on cutting-edge challenges in the field of human rights. Topics include refugee protection, women’s human rights, business and human rights, the role of national and international legal mechanisms and emerging themes such as tax justice, rights in the digital age, theories of change, and poetry. <break/> It is a credit to the MA programme that the chapters are rich with critical analysis, diverse expertise and innovative approaches. This book will be essential reading for students of human rights and practitioners who can benefit from the insights into theory and practice offered here. 04 00 Foreword James Manor 1. Introduction Corinne Lennox 2. Researching and studying human rights: interdisciplinary insight Damien Short 3. Human rights theory as solidarity José-Manuel Barreto 4. The social construction of Afro-descendant rights in Colombia Esther Ojulari 5. Bringing human rights home: refugees, reparation, and the responsibility to protect James Souter 6. Human rights and the new(ish) digital paradigm Gaia Marcus 7. Theories of change for human rights and for development Paul Gready 8. Shifting sands: a paradigm change in the development discourse on women’s human rights and empowerment Catherine Klirodotakou 9. The role of human rights in diversity management and conflict prevention Sally Holt 10. Why tax is a human rights issue: empowering communities living in poverty to hold governments to account for public services Bridget Burrows 11. Technical cooperation in the field of human rights Farid Hamdan 12. Poetry for human rights Laila Sumpton 13. Transnational business human rights regulation and their effects upon human rights protection Sumi Dhanarajan 14. The impact of legal aid cuts on access to justice in the UK Smita Shah 15. Remedy Australia: because every human rights violation should be remedied Olivia Ball 16. Extraterritorial non-refoulement: intersections between human rights and refugee law David James Cantor 17. Rethinking Muslim women’s equal rights: faith, property and empowerment M. Siraj Sait 18. Power of the law, power to the people: pursuing innovative legal strategies in human rights advocacy Tanja Venisnik 19. Domestic incorporation of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in the Marshall Islands Divine Waiti 20. The Inter-American Human Rights System: notable achievements and enduring challenges Par Engstrom 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press LONDON, GB 04 01 20200331 13 15 9780993110221 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/contemporary-challenges-in-securing-human-rights/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0120.9781912250219.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:2355ef20-b376-4bd3-92f2-f764acb45946 03 01 01 urn:uuid:2355ef20-b376-4bd3-92f2-f764acb45946 15 9781905670796 06 10.14296/917.9781905670796 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Creating Ethnicities & Identities in the Roman World 1 B01 Andrew Gardner 2 B01 Edward Herring 3 B01 Kathryn Lomas 01 eng 00 278 03 B2 Classical Studies ⇒ Ancient History 20 identity 93 JBSL 12 JFSL 10 SOC008000 20 ethnicity 12 HBLA 93 NHC 20 Roman empire 20 imperialism 20 communities 20 ancient history 20 perception 03 00 Questions of ethnic and cultural identities are central to the contemporary understanding of the Roman world.The expansion of Rome across Italy, the Mediterranean, and beyond entailed encounters with a wide range of peoples. Many of these had well-established pre-conquest ethnic identities which can be compared with Roman perceptions of them. In other cases, the ethnicity of peoples conquered by Rome has been perceived almost entirely through the lenses of Roman ethnographic writing and administrative structures.The formation of such identities, and the shaping of these identities by Rome, was a vital part of the process of Roman imperialism. Comparisons across the empire reveal some similarities in the processes of identity formation during and after the period of Roman conquest, but they also reveal a considerable degree of diversity and localisation in interactions between Romans and others.This volume explores how these practices of ethnic categorisation formed part of Roman strategies of control, and how people living in particular places internalised them and developed their own senses of belonging to an ethnic community. It includes both regional studies and thematic approaches by leading scholars in the field. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20191025 13 15 9781905670468 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670796.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creating-ethnicities-identities-in-the-roman-world/ 99 01 urn:uuid:095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964 03 01 01 urn:uuid:095ad48c-8f7a-43a7-a8b3-7143f0cc8964 15 9781908857699 06 10.14296/519.9781908857699 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Creative Spaces Urban Culture and Marginality in Latin America 1 B01 21 0000-0003-4144-8672 Niall H.D. Geraghty 2 B01 21 0000-0001-8735-7990 Adriana Laura Massidda 01 eng 00 272 03 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 marginality 10 POL057000 93 JBCC 12 JFC 20 liminality 10 SOC026030 93 AGTS 12 JFSG 20 urbanity 12 1KL 93 1KL 20 diaspora 20 migration 20 population 03 00 Creative Spaces: Urban Culture and Marginality</italic> is an interdisciplinary exploration of the different ways in which marginal urban spaces have become privileged locations for creativity in Latin America. The essays within the collection reassess dominant theoretical notions of ‘marginality’ in the region and argue that, in contemporary society, it invariably allows for (if not leads to) the production of the new.While Latin American cities have, since their foundation, always included marginal spaces (due, for example, to the segregation of indigenous groups), the massive expansion of informal housing constructed on occupied land in the second half of the twentieth century have brought them into the collective imaginary like never before. Originally viewed as spaces of deprivation, violence, and dangerous alterity, the urban margins were later romanticized as spaces of opportunity and popular empowerment. Instead, this volume analyses the production of new art forms, political organizations and subjectivities emerging from the urban margins in Latin America, neither condemning nor idealizing the effects they produce.To account for the complex nature of contemporary urban marginality, the volume draws on research from a wide spectrum of disciplines, ranging from cultural and urban studies to architecture and sociology. Thus the collection analyzes how these different conceptions of marginal spaces work together and contribute to the imagined and material reality of the wider city. 04 00 I. Where are the margins? 1. The politics of the in-between: the negotiation of urban space in Juan Rulfo’s photographs of Mexico City Lucy O’Sullivan 2. The interstitial spaces of urban sprawl: unpacking the marginal suburban geography of Santiago de Chile Cristian Silva 3. Cynicism and the denial of marginality in contemporary Chile: Mitómana (José Luis Sepúlveda and Carolina Adriazola, 2009) Paul Merchant II. The struggle for the streets 4. Community action, the informal city and popular politics in Cartagena (Colombia) during the National Front,1958–1974 Orlando Deavila Pertuz 5. On ‘real revolution’ and ‘killing the lion’: challenges for creative marginality in Brazilian labour struggles Lucy McMahon 6. Urban policies, innovation and inclusion: Comuna 8 of the city of Buenos Aires Anabella Roitman III. Marginal art as spatial praxis 7. Exhibitions in a ‘divided’ city: socio-spatial inequality and the display of contemporary art in Rio de Janeiro Simone Kalkman 8. The spatiality of desire in MartKín Oesterheld’s La multitud (2012) and Luis Ortega’s Dromómanos (2012) Niall H.D. Geraghty and Adriana Laura Massidda 9. Afterword Creative spaces: uninhabiting the urban Geoffrey Kantaris 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190510 13 15 9781908857484 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/519.9781908857699.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/creative-spaces/ 99 01 urn:uuid:70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 03 01 01 urn:uuid:70294a8d-2969-49d5-a3a9-f562bc64bf63 15 9781908857750 06 10.14296/520.978190885775 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultural Worlds of the Jesuits in Colonial Latin America 1 B01 Linda A. Newson 01 eng 00 250 03 12 HBJK 10 HIS024000 20 indigenous B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 93 NHK 20 ethnography 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 12 HRCC7 20 irrigation 93 QRMB1 10 REL010000 93 1KL 12 1KL 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 20 legacy 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 colonialism 93 2ADSL 12 2ADSL 20 science 12 3JF 93 3ML 20 medicine 12 3JH 93 3MN 93 6AG 03 00 The Jesuits’ colonial legacy in Latin America is well-known. They pioneered an interest in indigenous languages and cultures, compiling dictionaries and writing some of the earliest ethnographies of the region. They also explored the region’s natural history and made significant contributions to the development of science and medicine. On their estates and in the missions they introduced new plants, livestock, and agricultural techniques, such as irrigation. In addition, they left a lasting legacy on the region’s architecture, art, and music. <break/><break/> The volume demonstrates the diversity of Jesuit contributions to Latin American culture. This volume is unique in considering not only the range of Jesuit activities but also the diversity of perspectives from which they may be approached. It includes papers from scholars of history, linguistics, religion, art, architecture, music, medicine and science. 04 00 Introduction Linda A. Newson I Jesuit Art, architecture and material culture 1. The Jesuits and Chinese style in the arts of colonial Brazil (1719–79) Gauvin Alexander Bailey 2. Two ‘ways of proceeding’: damage limitation in the mission to the Chiquitos Kate Ford 3. The materiality of cultural encounters in the Treinta Pueblos de las Misiones Clarissa Sanfelice Rahmeier II Jesuit mission life 4. A patriarchal society in the Río de la Plata: adultery and the double standard at mission Jesús de Tavarangue, 1782 Barbara Ganson 5. Music in the Jesuit missions of the Upper Marañón Leonardo J. Waisman 6. Beyond linguistic description: territorialisation. Guaraní language in the missions of Paraguay (17th–19th centuries) Capucine Boidin III Jesuit approaches to evangelisation 7. Administration and native perceptions of baptism at the Jesuit peripheries of Spanish America (17th–18th centuries) Oriol Ambrogio 8. “con intençión de haçerlos Christianos y con voluntad de instruirlos”. Spiritual education among American Indians in Anello Oliva’s Historia del Reino y Provincias del Perú Virginia Ghelarducci 9. Jesuits, pirates and Indians: The transatlantic resonances of a Tupi Christian doctrine Vivien Kogut Lessa de Sá and Caroline Egan IV Jesuit agriculture, medicine and science 10. Jesuits and mules in colonial Latin America: innovators or managers? William G. Clarence-Smith 11. Jesuit recipes, Jesuit receipts: The Society of Jesus and the introduction of exotic Materia Medica into Europe Samir Boumediene 12. The Jesuits and the exact sciences in Argentina Eduardo L. Ortiz 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200406 13 15 9781908857620 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultural-worlds-of-the-jesuits-in-colonial-latin-america/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.978190885775.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7a6819ea-eaf7-4430-bf62-c72849f99816 15 9781908857729 06 10.14296/919.9781908857729 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Cultures of Anti-Racism in Latin America and the Caribbean 1 B01 21 0000-0003-4070-4187 Peter Wade 2 B01 21 0000-0002-9728-9060 James Scorer 3 B01 21 0000-0001-6312-1457 Ignacio Aguiló 01 eng 00 232 03 93 JBSL 12 JFSL4 B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 10 POL057000 20 racism 93 1KJ 12 1KJ 10 HIS024000 20 politics 12 1KL 93 1KL 20 global 10 HIS041000 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 post-racial 12 2ADSL 93 2ADSL 10 4.1.0.0.0.0.0 20 attitudes 12 3J 93 3M 10 ET038 93 5PB 93 6AG 03 00 Latin America’s long history of showing how racism can co-exist with racial mixture and conviviality offers useful ammunition for strengthening anti-racist stances. This volume asks whether cultural production has a particular role to play within discourses and practices of anti-racism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The contributors analyse music, performance, education, language, film and art in diverse national contexts across the region. The book also places Latin American and Caribbean racial formations within a broader global context. It shows that the region provides valuable opportunities for thinking about anti-racism, not least when recent political events worldwide have shown that, far from a 'post-racial' age, we are living in an era of intensified racist expression and racial injustice. 04 00 1. Introduction: Latin American and Caribbean racisms in global and conceptual context Peter Wade, James Scorer and Ignacio Aguiló 2. The antinomies of identity politics: neoliberalism, race and political participation in Colombia Nick Morgan 3. Photography collectives and anti-racism in Peru and Argentina Patricia Oliart and Agustina Triquell 4. Subverting racist imagery for anti-racist intent: Indigenous filmmaking from Latin America and the resignification of the archive Charlotte Gleghorn 5. Cultural agency and anti-racism in Caribbean conceptual art Fabienne Viala 6. Anti-racism in the classroom and beyond: teacher perspectives from Rio de Janeiro Gudrun Klein 7. The last in a country of forgotten people: ancestry, music and identity among Bolivia’s Afro population Lena Schubmann 8. White cholos? Discourses around race, whiteness and Lima’s fusion music Fiorella Montero-Diaz 9. Bolivia’s anti-racism law: transforming a culture? Henry Stobart 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190930 13 15 9781908857552 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781908857729.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/cultures-of-anti-racism-in-latin-america-and-the-caribbean/ 99 01 urn:uuid:506598e3-1c58-4a4a-ac58-85393f3f4c65 03 01 01 urn:uuid:506598e3-1c58-4a4a-ac58-85393f3f4c65 15 9781913739010 06 10.14296/0720.9781913739010 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dante and Rossetti: Translation, Pastiche, Ritual, Fate 1 A01 Jerome J. McGann 01 eng 00 18 03 12 DS 93 DS 10 LIT000000 B2 Literary Studies 20 poetry 12 D 93 DSC 10 LIT014000 20 romanticism 93 DSBF 12 DSBF 20 House of Life sonnets 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 20 Fleshly School 12 3JH 93 3MN 20 Pre-Raphaelite 93 6PL 20 Gothic 03 00 In October 1869, Pre-Raphaelite painter and poet, Gabriel Dante Rossetti exhumed the grave of his former muse and wife, Elizabeth Siddal, to retrieve some earlier poetry he had buried with her. The collection was published as the Poems of D. G. Rossetti</italic> in 1870 to great controversy- for their eroticism and hedonism- and none received greater attention than the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, a ballad intimately describing a romantic relationship.In this short essay, Professor Jerome J. McGann unpacks the origins and inspirations for the ‘House of Life’ sonnets, including the influence of Italian poet, Dante Alighieri; their shared traits of allegory and theatricality, Rossetti’s abstract concepts of life and love, and his many muses.Professor Jerome J. McGann is literary scholar based at the University of Virginia whose work focuses on the history of literature and culture from the late eighteenth century to the present. He has worked extensively at the Rossetti Archives and has been a senior research fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London since 1999. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200710 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dante-and-rossetti-translation-pastiche-ritual-fate/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0720.9781913739010.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:807cc9a5-b313-4f41-acb2-55c66e43305f 15 9781915249920 06 10.63674/TWQX3656 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Democratising History Modern British History Inside and Out 1 B01 Laura Carter 2 B01 Freddy Foks 3 B01 Philip Harling 01 eng 10 HIS035000 B2 History 20 Modern Britain 93 NHTB 93 1DDU 10 HIS015060 20 Progress 93 3MNQ-GB-V 20 Empire 10 HIS015070 93 3MP 20 Democracy 10 HIS054000 20 Experts 20 Historian 20 Education 20 University 20 Victorian 20 Culture 20 Intellectual History 20 Profession 20 Society 03 00 An exploration of the intersections of politics and public engagement, Democratising History</italic> reveals how history itself has been shaped by democratic forces.</bold>How has democracy transformed modern Britain and the way we teach its history? Democratising History</italic> answers this question by showcasing how scholars have successfully united social and cultural histories of democracy in British history. Nine research-led chapters provide an ‘inside’ perspective on democracy in modern British history, covering the complex relationship between Britain and its Empire, the democratisation of metropolitan culture, and how experts aimed to inform public debate in a changing democratic society. An ‘outside’ perspective is brought by six interludes that engage with the democratising forces at work in the twenty-first-century academy that are reshaping the profession, and thus the histories that scholars produce. In bringing these two histories of democracy together within a single conceptual framework, this book narrates an important shift in the landscape of UK higher education from the ‘inside’ and the ‘outside’, insisting that professional and intellectual changes must be seen alongside one another. Collectively, this volume responds to the scholarly and professional contributions of Peter Mandler, whose sensitive readings of cultural discourses and their social reach has inspired a generation of modern British historians. Through novel methods, insightful case studies and broader reflections on the profession, it shows how modern British history is being transformed by these questions and wider social and economic changes in contemporary Britain. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction: Democratising history inside and out Laura Carter and Freddy Foks </li> <li> Interlude a. New Challenges: Teaching Modern History in a ‘new university’ Iwan Morgan </li> <li> Part I. Victorian Britain, progress, and the wider world </li> <li> 1 Opium, ‘civilisation’, and the Anglo-Chinese Wars, 1839–1860 Philip Harling </li> <li> 2 Archibald Alison’s Revolution Ben Weinstein </li> <li> Interlude b. Peter and the Special Relationship Deborah Cohen, Guy Ortolano and Susan Pedersen </li> <li> Part II. Culture, consumption and democratisation in Britain since the nineteenth century </li> <li> Interlude c. Olden Times and Changing Times: Museum interpretation and display in twenty-first century Britain Rebecca Lyons </li> <li> 3 Painting for pleasure: The rise and decline of the amateur artist in Victorian Britain Sally Woodcock </li> <li> 4 Collecting for the Nation: The National Art Collections Fund and the gallery-visiting public in interwar Britain Heidi Egginton </li> <li> Interlude d. Professionalisation, publishing and policy: Peter Mandler and the Royal Historical Society Margot Finn and Richard Fisher </li> <li> Part III. ‘Experts’ and their publics in twentieth-century Britain </li> <li> Interlude e. Accountability and double counting in research funding for UK higher education: The case of the Global Challenges Research Fund Ambreena Manji </li> <li> 5 Reluctant pioneers: British anthropologists amongst the Natives of Modern Japan, c. 1929–1930 Chika Tonooka </li> <li> 6 An American Mass Observer among the natives: Robert Jackson Alexander in World War Two Britain Lawrence Black </li> <li> 7 Architecture and sociology: Oliver Cox and Mass Observation Otto Saumarez Smith </li> <li> 8 Re-reading “race relations research”: Journalism, social science, and separateness Christopher Hilliard </li> <li> Interlude f. The Historical Association, schools, and the history curriculum Andrew Stacey-Chapman and Rebecca Sullivan </li> <li> 9 ‘Democracy’ and ‘expertise’ in two secondary modern schools in Liverpool, 1930–1967 Rosie Germain </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250807 13 15 9781915249890 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/TWQX3656.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/democratising-history/ 99 01 urn:uuid:480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e 03 01 01 urn:uuid:480fd680-6470-4f8a-8f2c-d79770425d0e 15 9781914477508 06 10.14296/mgyc2910 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Designed for Play: Children’s Playgrounds and the Politics of Urban Space, 1840–2010 1 A01 21 0000-0003-4868-5208 Jon Winder 01 eng 12 HBTB 10 HIS052000 B2 History 93 NHTB 20 playground 20 history 12 RPC 93 RPC 10 SOC047000 20 childhood 93 RGCS 10 SOC026030 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 93 1DDU 20 social 93 3MN 20 geography 93 3MP 20 urban 20 planning 20 space 20 design 20 education 03 00 Children’s playgrounds are commonly understood as the obvious place for children to play: safe, natural and out of the way. But these expectations hide a convoluted and overlooked history of children’s place in public space – one shaped by implicit social, political and environmental values, and by government intervention in spaces and lives across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This book is the first empirically grounded historical account of the modern playground, drawing on the archival materials of social reformers, park superintendents, equipment manufacturers and architects in Britain and beyond to chart the playground’s journey from marginal obscurity to popular ubiquity. In exploring the evolution of play space design, the book shows that the ideal playground has long represented a space where changing conceptions of nature, health, childhood, commerce and technology have all been played out. It covers the development of garden gymnasiums in the 1890s, the influence of Charles Wicksteed, increasing standardisation in the interwar period, the impact of progressive education, pioneering female designers and the adventure playground movement in the twentieth century, and more recent challenges to the playground’s status as a site of health, nature and safety.Designed for Play</italic> is an original and accessible contribution to modern British history, urban and environmental history, and histories and geographies of childhood. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction</li> <li>1 Finding space for play: ‘playgrounds for poor children in populous places’</li> <li>2 Competing playground visions: ‘a distinctly civilizing influence that gives much health and happiness’</li> <li>3 Playgrounds for the People: ‘a magnetic force to draw children away from the dangers and excitements of the streets’</li> <li>4 Orthodoxy and Adventure: ‘playgrounds are often as bleak as barrack squares and just as boring’</li> <li>5 Playground Scuffles: ‘It’s ours whatever they say’</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20240711 13 15 9781914477485 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/designed-for-play-childrens-playgrounds-and-the-politics-of-urban-space-1840-2010/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mgyc2910.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1cbc7572-c819-4542-a7fc-b0087ea6e19b 15 9781909646834 06 10.14296/718.9781909646834 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dethroning historical reputations: universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors 1 B01 Jill Pellew 2 B01 Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 166 03 12 HB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 20 monuments 93 NH 10 1.1.2.0.0.0.0 20 ethics 93 NHTR 20 Cecil Rhodes 93 NHTS 20 memorialisation 20 statues 03 00 The campaigns in universities across the world to reject, rename and remove historic benefactions have brought the present into collision with the past. In Britain the attempt to remove a statue of one of Oxford’s most famous benefactors, the imperialist Cecil Rhodes, has spread to other universities and their benefactors, and now also affects civic monuments and statues in towns and cities across the country. In the United States, memorials to leaders of the Confederacy in the American Civil War and to other slaveholders have been the subject of intense dispute. Should we continue to honour benefactors and historic figures whose actions are now deemed ethically unacceptable? How can we reconcile the views held by our ancestors with those we now hold today? Should we even try, acknowledging, in the words of the novelist L. P. Hartley, that ‘the past is another country; they do things differently there’? The essays in this interdisciplinary collection are drawn from a conference at the Institute of Historical Research in the University of London. Historians, fundraisers, a sociologist and a museum director examine these current issues from different perspectives, with an introductory essay by Sir David Cannadine, president of the British Academy. Together they explore an emerging conflict between the past and present, history and ideology, and benefactors and their critics. 04 00 Preface Notes on contributors 1. Introduction David Cannadine 2. Commentary on universities, museums and the commemoration of benefactors Jill Pellew 3. The English civic universities: endowments and the commemoration of benefactors H. S. Jones 4. Donors to an imperial project: Randlords as benefactors to the Royal School of Mines, Imperial College of Science and Technology Jill Pellew 5. The expectations of benefactors and a responsibility to endow John Shakeshaft 6. The funder’s perspective Victoria Harrison 7. Calibrating relevance at the Pitt Rivers Museum Laura N. K. Van Broekhoven 8. From objects of enlightenment to objects of apology: why you can’t make amends for the past by plundering the present Tiffany Jenkins 9. British universities and Caribbean slavery Nicholas Draper 10. Risk and reputation: the London blue plaques scheme Anna Eavis and Howard Spencer 11. ‘A dreary record of wickedness’: moral judgement in history Brian Young 12. We have been here before: ‘Rhodes Must Fall’ in historical context Lawrence Goldman Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180731 13 15 9781909646827 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646834.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dethroning-historical-reputations-universities-museums-and-the-commemoration-of-benefactors/ 99 01 urn:uuid:6b3ee0f8-4d00-42e8-a726-880ec88568d8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6b3ee0f8-4d00-42e8-a726-880ec88568d8 15 9780992725761 06 10.14296/419.9780992725761 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Dickens, George Eliot and George Henry Lewes 1 A01 Rosemary Ashton 01 eng 00 32 03 12 DSBF 93 DSBF 20 George Eliot 10 LIT004120 B2 Literary Studies 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 George Henry Lewes 12 3JH 93 3MN 20 Charles Dickens 20 psychological realism 20 19th century literature 03 00 When the Victorian journalist and critic, George Henry Lewes invited George Eliot and Charles Dickens to dinner in 1859, few imagined it would lead to one of the greatest creative exchanges in literary history. From the non-traditional ‘marriage’ of Eliot and Lewes, to the unconventional eye Lewes cast over Dickens’ work, this book throws fresh light on the chief subject of their critical interest by looking at the complex relationships between Dickens, Eliot and Lewes. It contends that Lewes saw something in Dickens and Eliot that his contemporaries could not grasp, and traces the birth of ‘psychological realism’ as a literary device in English literature.The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.This lecture by Professor Rosemary Ashton was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 1991. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200612 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/419.9780992725761.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/dickens-george-eliot-and-george-henry-lewes/ 99 01 urn:uuid:8a429243-5db0-4d13-b22c-3f3cfcd86dfd 03 01 01 urn:uuid:8a429243-5db0-4d13-b22c-3f3cfcd86dfd 15 9781911507079 06 10.14296/517.9781911507079 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence 1 B01 Stephen Mason 2 B01 Daniel Seng 01 eng 00 421 03 20 electronic evidence 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 technology 20 artificial intelligence 20 fingerprints 20 administrative law 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence. This fourth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.<break/>Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the author of Electronic Signatures in Law</italic> and editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic>, founding the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review</italic> in 2004. Stephen is an IALS Associate Research Fellow and Visiting Lecturer at the School of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) teaches and researches on information technology law, infocommunications law, evidence and procedure, artificial intelligence, machine learning and legal reasoning. His research interests also include empirical legal studies and quantitative research and data analytics on big data sets. Between 2001 and 2003, he was concurrently the Director of Research, Technology Law Development Group at the Singapore Academy of Law. Daniel is also a special consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. He is also a non-residential fellow with the Centre for Legal Informatics (CodeX), Stanford University. <break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 08 01 20170505 13 20210801 13 15 9781911507055 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781911507079.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence/ 99 01 urn:uuid:f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 03 01 01 urn:uuid:f9891fc5-892e-458f-b8b9-5e1547661ad7 15 9781911507246 06 10.14296/2108.9781911507246 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Evidence and Electronic Signatures 1 B01 Stephen Mason 2 B01 Daniel Seng 01 eng 00 604 03 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 10 LAW001000 12 LND 93 LNDB2 12 GLP 93 GLP 03 00 In this updated edition of the well-established practitioner text, Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng have brought together a team of experts in the field to provide an exhaustive treatment of electronic evidence and electronic signatures. This fifth edition continues to follow the tradition in English evidence text books by basing the text on the law of England and Wales, with appropriate citations of relevant case law and legislation from other jurisdictions.Stephen Mason (of the Middle Temple, Barrister) is a leading authority on electronic evidence and electronic signatures, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of International Electronic Evidence</italic> (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2008), and he founded the innovative international open access journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signatures Law Review </italic>in 2004.Daniel Seng (Associate Professor, National University of Singapore) is the Director of the Centre for Technology, Robotics, AI and the Law (TRAIL). He teaches and researches information technology law and evidence law. Daniel was previously a partner and head of the technology practice at Messrs Rajah & Tann. He is also an active consultant to the World Intellectual Property Organization, where he has researched, delivered papers and published monographs on copyright exceptions for academic institutions, music copyright in the Asia Pacific and the liability of Internet intermediaries. 04 00 Preface Acknowledgments Table of statutes 1 The sources and characteristics of electronic evidence and artificial intelligence Steven J. Murdoch, Daniel Seng, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 2 The foundations of evidence in electronic form Stephen Mason and Daniel Seng 3 Hearsay Daniel Seng and Stephen Mason 4 Software code as the witness Stephen Mason 5 The presumption that computers are ‘reliable’ Stephen Mason 6. Authenticating electronic evidence Luciana Duranti and Allison Stanfield 7 Electronic signatures Stephen Mason 8 Encrypted data Alisdair Gillespie, Jessica Shurson and Stephen Mason 9 Proof: the technical collection and examination of electronic evidence Nigel Wilson, Andrew Sheldon, Hein Dries, Burkhard Schafer and Stephen Mason 10 Competence of witnesses Stephen Mason and Lynne Townley Appendix 1: Draft Convention on Electronic Evidence Appendix 2: Cumulative vignettes Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20210801 13 15 9781911507260 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-evidence-and-electronic-signatures/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2108.9781911507246.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:cdbb216a-4f93-4726-927c-f822fed42d86 03 01 01 urn:uuid:cdbb216a-4f93-4726-927c-f822fed42d86 15 9781911507017 06 10.14296/1116.9781911507017 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Electronic Signatures in Law 1 A01 Stephen Mason 01 eng 00 476 03 20 jurisdiction 12 LAS B2 Law 10 LAW061000 93 LND 20 intent 20 case law 20 scan 20 digital 20 data protection 20 GDPR 03 00 This fourth edition of the well-established practitioner text sets out what constitutes an electronic signature, the form an electronic signature can take, and discusses the issues relating to evidence – illustrated by analysis of relevant case law and legislation from a wide range of common law and civil law jurisdictions. <break/> Stephen Mason is a leading authority on electronic signatures and electronic evidence, having advised global corporations and governments on these topics. He is also the editor of Electronic Evidence</italic> and International Electronic Evidence</italic>, and he founded the international open-source journal Digital Evidence and Electronic Signature Law Review</italic> in 2004.<break/><break/> This book is also available online at <a href="http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law">http://ials.sas.ac.uk/digital/humanities-digital-library/observing-law-ials-open-book-service-law</ext-link>. 04 00 <ol> <li>The signature</li> <li>International initiatives</li> <li>The practical issues in using electronic signatures in different jurisdictions</li> <li>The European Union</li> <li>England and Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland</li> <li>Introduction to the electronic signature</li> <li>Electronic sound</li> <li>The ‘I accept’ and ‘wrap’ methods of indicating intent</li> <li>Personal Identification Number (PIN) and password</li> <li>Typing a name into an electronic document</li> <li>The name in an email address</li> <li>A manuscript signature that has been scanned</li> <li>Biodynamic version of a manuscript signature</li> <li>Digital signatures</li> <li>Liability</li> <li>Evidence and digital signatures</li> <li>Data protection</li> </ol> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 08 01 20161103 13 20210801 13 15 9781911507048 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1116.9781911507017.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/electronic-signatures-in-law/ 99 01 urn:uuid:04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545 03 01 01 urn:uuid:04590c7c-ed83-4307-83a1-0be476ae9545 15 9781909646520 06 10.14296/919.9781909646520 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Empty Spaces: perspectives on emptiness in modern history Perspectives on emptiness in modern history 1 B01 Courtney J. Campbell 2 B01 Allegra Giovine 3 B01 Jennifer Keating 01 eng 00 226 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS000000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 20 space 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 20 place 10 POL045000 12 1DBKS 93 1DDF-FR-LAA 20 absence 10 HIS037000 10 1.1.2.5.0.0.0 12 1DDF 93 1DDU-GB-S 20 Edward Hopper 10 1.2.2.0.0.0.0 93 1DTA 12 1DVUA 20 Connemara 10 1.6.16.0.0.0.0 12 1K 93 1K 20 rural 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 4.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 urban 12 3J 93 3M 20 air 93 6AG 20 sea 20 empire 20 territory 20 Empire Marketing Board 03 00 How is emptiness made and what historical purpose does it serve? What cultural, material and natural work goes into maintaining ‘nothingness’? Why have a variety of historical actors, from colonial powers to artists and urban dwellers, sought to construct, control and maintain (physically and discursively) empty space, and by which processes is emptiness discovered, visualised and reimagined?This volume draws together contributions from authors working on landscapes and rurality, along with national and imperial narratives, from Brazil to Russia and Ireland. It considers the visual, including the art of Edward Hopper and the work of the British Empire Marketing Board, while concluding with a section that examines constructions of emptiness in relation to capitalism, development and the (re)appropriation of urban space. In doing so, it foregrounds the importance of emptiness as a productive prism through which to interrogate a variety of imperial, national, cultural and urban history. 04 00 Introduction: Confronting emptiness in history Courtney J. Campbell, Allegra Giovine and Jennifer Keating 1. ‘Take my advice, go to Mongan’s Hotel’: barrenness and abundance in the late Victorian Connemara landscape Kevin J. James 2. Amid the horrors of nature: ‘dead’ environments at the margins of the Russian empire Jennifer Keating 3. Empty spaces, aviation and the Brazilian nation: the metaphor of conquest in narratives of Edu Chaves’s cross-country flights in 1912 Leonie Schuster 4. Looking over the ship railings: the colonial voyage and the empty ocean in Empire Marketing Board posters Tricia Cusack 5. Spectral figures: Edward Hopper’s empty Paris Emily C. Burns 6. Landscapes of loss: the semantics of empty spaces in contemporary post-apocalyptic fiction Martin Walter 7. Surveying the creative use of vacant space in London, c.1945–95 Krystallia Kamvasinou and Sarah Ann Milne 8. Urban prehistoric enclosures: empty spaces/busy places Kenneth Brophy 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190902 13 15 9781909646490 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/empty-spaces-perspectives-on-emptiness-in-modern-history/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781909646520.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ed04513c-46e2-42c2-8a17-a4a075e0580f 15 9780993110283 06 10.14296/818.9780993110283 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope 1 B01 Nancy Nicol 2 B01 Adrian Jjuuko 3 B01 Richard Lusimbo 4 B01 Nick Mulé 5 B01 Susan Ursel 6 B01 Amar Wahab 7 B01 Phyllis Waugh 01 eng 00 458 03 B2 Human Rights 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 20 LGBT 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 20 human rights 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 20 colonialism 20 British Empire 20 resistance 20 homophobia 03 00 Envisioning Global LGBT Human Rights: (Neo)colonialism, Neoliberalism, Resistance and Hope</italic> is an outcome of a five-year international collaboration among partners that share a common legacy of British colonial laws that criminalise same-sex intimacy and gender identity/expression. The project sought to facilitate learning from each other and to create outcomes that would advance knowledge and social justice. The project was unique, combining research and writing with participatory documentary filmmaking. This visionary politics infuses the pages of the anthology. <break/> The chapters are bursting with invaluable first hand insights from leading activists at the forefront of some of the most fiercely fought battlegrounds of contemporary sexual politics in India, the Caribbean and Africa. As well, authors from Canada, Botswana and Kenya examine key turning points in the advancement of SOGI issues at the United Nations, and provide critical insights on LGBT asylum in Canada. Authors also speak to a need to reorient and decolonise queer studies, and turn a critical gaze northwards from the Global South. It is a book for activists and academics in a range of disciplines from postcolonial and sexualities studies to filmmaking, as well as for policy-makers and practitioners committed to envisioning, and working for, a better future. 04 00 1. Vacillating between empathy and contempt: the Indian judiciary and LGBT rights Arvind Narrain 2. Expanded criminalisation of consensual same-sex relations in Africa: contextualising the recent developments Adrian Jjuuko and Monica Tabengwa 3. Policing borders and sexual/gender identities: queer refugees in the years of Canadian neoliberalism and homonationalism Gary Kinsman 4. Queer affirmations: negotiating the possibilities and limits of sexual citizenship in St Lucia Amar Wahab 5. Violence and LGBT human rights in Guyana Pere DeRoy with Namela Henry 6. Cultural discourse in Africa and the promise of human rights based on non-normative sexuality and/or gender expression: exploring the intersections, challenges and opportunities Monica Mbaru, Monica Tabengwa and Kim Vance 7. Haven or precarity: the mental health of LGBT asylum seekers and refugees in Canada Nick J. Mulé and Kathleen Gamble 8. The rise of SOGI: human rights for LGBT people at the United Nations Kim Vance, Nick J. Mulé, Maryam Khan and Cameron McKenzie 9. Resistance to criminalisation and social movement organizing to advance LGBT rights in Belize Caleb Orozco 10. The multifaceted struggle against the Anti-Homosexuality Act in Uganda Adrian Jjuuko and Fridah Mutesi 11. Emergent momentum for equality: LGBT visibility and organising in Kenya Jane Wothaya Thirikwa 12. Kuchu resilience and resistance in Uganda: a history Richard Lusimbo and Austin Bryan 13. Gender theatre: the politics of exclusion and belonging in Kenya Guillit Amakobe, Kat Dearham and Po Likimani 14. Telling our stories: envisioning participatory documentary Nancy Nicol Appendix: Envisioning Documentary Films 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180913 13 15 9780993110238 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/envisioning-global-lgbt-human-rights/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/818.9780993110283.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340 03 01 01 urn:uuid:1ffbe007-2b94-4f35-9ae9-b6a4ab5fc340 15 9781905670789 06 10.14296/917.9781905670789 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Erôs and the Polis: love in context 1 B01 Ed Sanders 01 eng 00 103 03 B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 LIT004190 93 NHC 20 sexuality 93 DSC 12 DSC 20 gender 20 social convention 20 politics 20 ancient Greece 20 socio-political 03 00 Arising out of a conference on ‘Erôs</italic> in Ancient Greece’, the articles in this volume share a historicizing approach to the conventions and expectations of erôs</italic> in the context of the polis</italic>, in the Archaic and Classical periods of ancient Greece.The articles focus on (post-Homeric) Archaic and Classical poetic genres – namely lyric poetry, tragedy, and comedy – and some philosophical texts by Plato, Xenophon, and Aristotle.They pursue a variety of issues, including: the connection between homosexual erôs</italic> and politics; sexual practices that fell outside societal norms (aristocratic homosexuality, chastity); the roles of sôphrosynê</italic> (self-control) and akrasia</italic> (incontinence) in erotic relationships; and the connection between erôs</italic> and other socially important emotions such as charis</italic>, philia</italic>, and storgê</italic>.The exploration of such issues from a variety of standpoints, and through a range of texts, allows us to place erôs </italic>as an emotion in its socio-political context. 04 00 Ed Sanders ‘Erôs and the polis’: an introduction James Davidson Politics, poetics, and erôs in archaic poetry Nick Fisher Erotic charis: what sorts of reciprocity? Dimitra Kokkini The rejection of erotic passion by Euripides’ Hippolytos Stavroula Kiritsi Erôs in Menander: three studies in male character 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190930 13 15 9781905670444 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781905670789.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/eros-and-the-polis-love-in-context/ 99 01 urn:uuid:e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e7526cc7-2591-405e-8b3c-030791a35b41 15 9781912702701 06 10.14296/0620.9781912702701 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Religious Cultures Essays offered to Christopher Brooke on the occasion of his eightieth birthday 1 B01 Miri Rubin 01 eng 00 168 03 12 HBJD B2 History ⇒ Religious History 93 NHD 10 REL015000 20 religion 20 culture 12 HR 93 QR 12 1D 93 1D 20 European history 20 pilgrimage 20 saints 20 monasteries 03 00 European Religious Cultures</italic> is a set of stimulating essays first written as offerings for Christopher Brooke on his eightieth birthday. They are now gathered for the enjoyment of all those interested in the history of religious cultures. They address a variety of practices in religious life -- among them pilgrimage and the urban cult of saints, the monastic performance of liturgy, the choice to enter the priesthood -- and situate them within the life-cycles and social relations of medieval Europeans. The authors have been inspired by Christopher Brooke's own interests over a long and fruitful career. <break/><break/>First published in 2008, European Religious Cultures</italic> is now reissued as an Open Access edition with a new introduction by Professor Miri Rubin. 04 00 I. The study of religious cultures<ul> <li>Giles Constable, 'From church history to religious culture: the study of medieval religious life and spirituality'</li> <li>Paul Binski, 'Medieval history and generic expansiveness: some thoughts from near Stratford-on-Avon'</li> </ul>II. Life-cycle and vocation<ul> <li>Janet L. Nelson, 'Ninth-century vocations of persons of mature years'</li> <li>Virginia Davis, 'William Wykeham's early ecclesiastical career'</li> </ul>III. Performance and ritual<ul> <li>William J. Purkis, 'Religious symbols and practices: monastic spirituality, pilgrimage and crusade'</li> <li>Susan Boynton, '"The Devil made me do it": demonic intervention in the medieval monastic liturgy</li> <li>John H. Arnold, 'Inside and outside the medieval laity: some reflections on the history of emotions'</li> <li>Caroline Barron, '"The whole company of Heaven": the saints of London'</li> </ul>Epilogue, Christopher Brooke 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200703 13 15 9781912702718 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781912702701.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-religious-cultures/ 99 01 urn:uuid:a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a8f06345-f0c9-4c76-a827-85c89b0bb48a 15 9781915249739 06 10.14296/vjit1721 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 European Socialists Across Borders Transnational Cooperation and Alternative Visions of Europe After 1945 1 B01 21 0000-0003-2271-0452 Mélanie Torrent 2 B01 21 0000-0001-8724-0856 Andrew J. Williams 01 eng 12 HBJD 10 HIS010000 B2 History 93 NHD 20 Socialism 20 European Union 12 JPFF 93 JPFF 10 POL005000 12 1D 93 1D 20 decolonisation 12 3JJ 93 3MP 20 diplomacy 12 3JM 93 3MR 20 internationalism 20 networks 20 transnationalism 20 policy 20 empire 03 00 From postwar debates on institutionalised cooperation in Western Europe to the ambitions of the European Union in the post-Cold War era, this volume investigates the impact of socialist networks on European construction and integration, and the role of European socialism in international (dis)orders. It assesses how socialist networks were influenced by relations with socialist parties and groups outside Europe, and how they navigated local, national and global politics. Collectively, the chapters explore four main areas: the relationship between the ideals of European cooperation and daily, routine and domestic politics; the shifting definitions of political elites and popular understandings of Europe, including the influence of people of African, Caribbean and Asian descent on the transformation of socialist thought, policies and practices in the European (ex-) imperial powers; the extent to which European socialists attempted to propose a postcolonial, postimperial agenda for Europe; and how European institutions were used, and with what results, by socialists and their contacts.Reflecting on the successes and failures of transnational processes of socialisation, the role of cultural intermediaries and bridge-builders, and the reasons behind misunderstandings, failed projects and missed opportunities for peace and equality, the book examines how socialist politicians and activists conceived of Europe’s role in worldmaking in the transition out of conflict and empire. In doing so, the volume contributes to a better understanding of, and support for, cooperation across borders. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Mélanie Torrent and Andrew J. Williams </li> </ul>Part I. European socialism in war and peace * 1 The Labour party and the SFIO in London in the 1940s Andrew J. Williams * 2 Transwar continuities: The Mouvement Socialiste pour les Etats-Unis d’Europe (MSEUE) and Socialist Networks in the Early Cold War Benjamin Heckscher and Tommaso MilaniPart II. Paths not taken? European socialists and the politics of worldmaking at the end of empire<ul> <li>3 Europe re-imagined? Claude Bourdet, France-Observateur and British critics of the Algerian war Mélanie Torrent </li> <li>4 Social Activism in the Age of Decolonisation: Basil Davidson and the Liberation Struggles in Lusophone Africa, c. 1954–1975 Pedro Aires Oliveira </li> <li>5 Olof Palme, Sweden, and the Vietnam war: An outspoken socialist among European socialists Lubna Z. Qureshi </li> </ul>Part III. Redefining Europe and reassessing Europeanisation: socialist readings of internationalism and liberalism * 6 European socialists and international solidarity with Palestine: towards a socialist European network of solidarity in the 1970s and 1980s? Thomas Maineult * 7 Black British Labour Leaders and the Europeanisation of antiracism, 1986–1993 Pamela Ohene-Nyako * 8 From Dark to Light: The Fate of Two European Socialist Employment Initiatives in an Age of Austerity Mathieu Fulla 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250116 13 15 9781915249708 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/vjit1721.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/european-socialists-across-borders/ 99 01 urn:uuid:91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153 03 01 01 urn:uuid:91e63348-69b8-42b5-8b94-cc5e51337153 15 9781908590688 06 10.63674/ssgx3409 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society The Palmers' Guild of Ludlow 1 A01 21 0000-0003-2175-2431 Rachael Harkes 01 eng 20 guilds 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015020 B2 History 93 NHDJ 12 HRC 20 medieval 93 QRMP 10 REL108020 10 1.1.0.0.0.0.0 12 1DB 93 1DDU 20 Reformation 12 3H 93 3KLN 20 fraternity 20 community 20 urban 20 rural 20 politics 20 networks 20 nobility 20 religion 20 governance 20 pre-Enlightenment 20 Palmers’ Guild 20 Ludlow 20 mid-thirteenth century 20 membership 20 society 20 England 20 Wales 03 00 The untold story of how a medieval guild united the worlds of commerce and religion and changed local life and international influence on the eve of the Reformation.</bold>Forging Fraternity in Late Medieval Society</italic> is an ambitious and innovative study of the social, political and religious histories of medieval England and Wales. Using the Palmers’ Guild of Ludlow as a prism, it sets out to consider the almost ubiquitous membership of religious guilds in both urban and rural society on the eve of the Reformation. With over 18,000 members recorded in the guild’s massive extant archive, drawn from across the social spectrum and spread throughout Wales, England, Iberia, Ireland and France, the Palmers offer a unique opportunity to investigate the interplay between institutions and individuals in the Middle Ages.Why did thousands of men and women join this particular organization in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries? What influenced people’s decision to become a member, how can we reconstruct these decisions from surviving documents, and what do they reveal about the communities that made up late medieval society? By posing these questions, this book charts individual and collective experiences, reconstructing the life-stages, political circumstances, and social pressures incumbent on individuals as they engaged in a moral and fiscal commitment to a guild. Departing from traditional guild studies, Forging Fraternity</italic> crosses conventional historiographical boundaries to reconceptualise guild membership as both a structure for and mirror of complex social relations and identities, demonstrating with ingenuity how medieval sources can be put to use in unconventional ways. 04 00 Introduction<ol> <li>Microcosms of Membership</li> <li>Households</li> <li>Urban Governance</li> <li>Regional Governance</li> <li>Beyond Wales and England</li> </ol>Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20251106 13 15 9781908590664 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/forging-fraternity-in-late-medieval-society/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/ssgx3409.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:d6b9bedb-ec69-4d50-bec2-54edc0dd24b3 15 9781912702947 06 10.14296/202202.9781912702947 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Freedom Seekers Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London 1 A01 21 0000-0001-8733-6778 Simon P. Newman 01 eng 00 250 03 12 HBTS B2 History ⇒ Early Modern History 93 NHTS 20 slavery 10 SOC054000 20 Britain 12 HBTQ 93 NHTQ 10 POL045000 20 colonialism 20 colonial Britain 20 Samuel Pepys 20 slave-owners 20 slavery in Britain 20 Restoration Britain 20 Restoration London 20 London 20 slavery in London 20 Aldgate 20 Whitechapel 20 coffee shops 20 slave trade 20 transatlantic slave trade 20 runaway slaves 20 freemen 20 Africa 20 gold 20 sugar 20 plantation 20 colonial America 20 Thomas Jefferson 20 Jamaica 20 Barbados 20 newspapers 20 media history 20 slave advertisment 20 slave recapture 20 freedom 03 00 Joint winner of the prestigious 2023 Frederick Douglass Book Prize from Yale University’s Gilder Lehrman Center for the Study of Slavery, Resistance, and Abolition, Freedom Seekers: Escaping from Slavery in Restoration London</italic> reveals the hidden stories of enslaved and bound people who attempted to escape from captivity in England’s capital.<break/>In 1655 White Londoners began advertising in the English-speaking world’s first newspapers for enslaved people who had escaped. Based on the advertisements placed in these newspapers by masters and enslavers offering rewards for so-called runaways, this book brings to light for the first time the history of slavery in England as revealed in the stories of resistance by enslaved workers. Featuring a series of case-studies of individual "freedom-seekers", this book explores the nature and significance of escape attempts as well as detailing the likely routes and networks they would take to gain their freedom.<break/>The book demonstrates that not only were enslaved people present in Restoration London but that White Londoners of this era were intimately involved in the construction of the system of racial slavery, a process that traditionally has been regarded as happening in the colonies rather than the British Isles. An unmissable and important book that seeks to delve into Britain’s colonial past. 04 00 Prologue: Imagining Ben 1. Preface: Freedom-seekers in Restoration London 2. The black presence in London 3. London 4. Newspapers 5. London’s freedom-seekers 6. Jack: Boys 7. Francisco/Bugge: South Asians 8. “A black Girl” and “an Indian black girl”: Female freedom-seekers 9. Caesar: Country Marks 10. Benjamin: Branded 11. Pompey: Shackled 12. Quoshey: Escaping from ships and their captains 13. Goude: Thames-side maritime communities 14. Quamy: Mercants, bankers, printers and coffee houses 15. David Sugarr and Henry Mundy: Escaping from colonial planters in London 16. Calib and “a Madagascar Negro”: Freedom-seekers in the London suburbs and beyond 17. “A Black Boy”: London’s connected community of slave-ownership 18. Freedom seekers and the law in England’s American and Caribbean colonies 19. London precedents in New World contexts: the runaway advertisement in the colonies Epilogue: King 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220201 13 15 9781912702930 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/202202.9781912702947.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/freedom-seekers/ 99 01 urn:uuid:ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ab9e7637-4d78-4648-a5e9-4111222611ad 15 9781909646469 06 10.14296/117.9771909646469 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender and Historiography: Studies in the earlier middle ages in honour of Pauline Stafford 1 A01 Janet L. Nelson 2 A01 21 0009-0005-5015-5443 Susan Reynolds 3 A01 Susan M. Johns 01 eng 00 228 03 10 ART015070 20 Fatherhood 12 HBAH B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHAH 20 Medieval England 10 REL105000 20 Anglo-Saxon history 20 Early Medieval France 20 Ostrogothic kingdoms 20 Queenship 03 00 The chapters in this volume celebrate the work of Pauline Stafford, highlighting the ways in which it has advanced research in the fields of both Anglo-Saxon history and the history of medieval women and gender. Ranging across the period, and over much of the old Carolingian world as well as Anglo-Saxon England, they deal with such questions as the nature of kingship and queenship, fatherhood, elite gender relations, the transmission of property, the participation of women in lordship, slavery and warfare, and the nature of assemblies. Gender and historiography </italic>presents the fruits of groundbreaking research, inspired by Pauline Stafford’s own interests over a long and influential career. 04 00 ContentsIntroduction1 Fatherhood in late Lombard ItalyRoss Balzaretti2 Anger, emotion and a biography of William the ConquerorDavid Bates3 ‘Anglo-Saxon Chronicle(s)’ or ‘Old English Royal Annals’?Nicholas Brooks4 The tale of Queen Ælfthryth in William of Malmesbury’s Gesta Regum AnglorumKirsten A. Fenton5 Women, children and the profits of war John Gillingham<ol> <li>Charters, ritual and late tenth-century English kingship</li> </ol>Charles Insley7 Nest of Deheubarth: reading female power in the historiography of WalesSusan M. Johns8 Carolingian rulers and marriage in the age of Louis the Pious and his sonsSylvie Joye9 The cult of King Edward the Martyr during the reign of King Æthelred the UnreadySimon Keynes10 Consors regni: a problem of gender? The consortium between Amalasuntha and Theodahad in 534Cristina La Rocca11 ‘Public’ aspects of lordly women’s domestic activities in France, c.1050–1200Kimberly A. LoPrete12 Property rights in Anglo-Saxon wills: a synoptic viewJulie Mumby13 ‘Hunnish scenes’/Frankish scenes: a case of history that stands still?Janet L. Nelson14 Assembly government and assembly law Susan ReynoldsProfessor Pauline Stafford’s publications in chronological order, excluding reviews 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170119 13 15 9781905165797 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-and-historiography-studies-in-the-earlier-middle-ages-in-honour-of-pauline-stafford/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646469.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ef809fb0-a84e-4b87-9e34-a00511217c44 15 9781915249197 06 10.14296/cwfb4352 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender, Emotions and Power, 1750–2020 1 B01 21 0000-0001-7980-0825 Hannah Parker 2 B01 21 0000-0002-7071-0310 Josh Doble 01 eng 00 304 03 12 HBTB 10 HIS054000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NHTB 20 sexuality 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 20 power relations 10 SOC032000 20 class 20 history of emotions 20 subjectivity 20 social identities 20 intersectionality 03 00 This collection of essays constitutes a timely intervention into contemporary debates on emotions, gender, race and power. Interrogating how emotional expectations are established as gendered, racialised and class-based notions, the volume explores the ways these expectations have been generated, stratified and maintained by institutions, societies, media and those with access to power.The collection draws upon a diverse set of case studies to present a chronologically and geographically broad intervention. The authors identify and explore connections between the depiction of twentieth-century transnational feminists, settler colonies in southern Africa, post-unification Italy, Maoist China, the twentieth-century Soviet Union and the medicalized spaces of the British Raj. Contributions also move across time from notions of eighteenth-century British masculinity, through Victorian Britain and whiteness in settler colonialism, to the Liverpool docks of the 1990s and contemporary Russia. Collectively, the volume’s authors seek to understand how the normalisation of emotions as a range of gendered qualities forms the basis upon which notions of self, and connectedly, social identities are performed. As such, this is an important contribution to the history of emotions that addresses how gender and emotions are formed as co-constituents within dominant power structures, in different geographic and temporal spaces. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Hannah Parker and Josh Doble </li> <li>Part I Gender, class and sexuality in the negotiation of political power</li> <li>1 “My old eyes weep but I am proud of my own children”: Grief and revolutionary motherhood in the Soviet 1920s Hannah Parker </li> <li>2 Emotion as a tool of Russian bisexual and transgender women’s online activism: a case study Olga Andreevskhikh </li> <li>3 Sounding the Socialist Heroine: Gender, Revolutionary Lyricism and Korean War Films Yucong Hao </li> <li>4 Emotions at Work: Solidarity in the Liverpool Dock Dispute, 1995–98 Emma Copestake </li> <li>Part II Power and Place-making: Class, hygiene and race in the British Empire</li> <li>5 White Pride, Male Anger and the Shame of Poverty: Gendered emotions and the construction of white working class identity in interwar Southern Rhodesia Nicola Ginsburgh </li> <li>6 “Africans smell different”: disgust, fear and the gendering of interracial intimacy in Kenya and Zambia Josh Doble </li> <li>7 Gender, Mission, Emotion: Building hospitals for women in North-western British India’ India Sara Honarmand Ebrahimi </li> <li>Part III Modern Europe’s Public Sphere and the Policing of the Gendered Body</li> <li>8 “The sap that runs in it is the same”: How the ideal of romantic love challenged the myth of ‘primitive’ polygamy in Paolo Mantegazza’s sexual science Francesca Campani </li> <li>9 Writing the Man of Politeness: the hidden importance of shame in eighteenth-century masculinity Michael Rowland </li> <li>10 “At nature’s mighty feast there is no vacant cover for him”: Suicide, masculine shame and the language of burden in nineteenth-century Britain Lyndsay Galpin </li> <li>11 “Sadistic, grinning rifle-women”: Gender, emotions and politics in representations of militant leftist women Hannah Proctor </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20231130 13 15 9781915249159 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/cwfb4352.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-emotions-and-power-1750-2020/ 99 01 urn:uuid:315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878 03 01 01 urn:uuid:315be9cb-1692-44b5-8022-54714353e878 15 9781909646858 06 10.14296/119.9781909646858 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Gender in medieval places, spaces and thresholds 1 B01 Victoria Blud 2 B01 Diane Heath 3 B01 Einat Klafter 01 eng 00 283 03 20 gender 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 12 3H 93 3KL 10 HIS015020 20 medieval history 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 space 20 spatial studies 20 place 20 women 20 domestic history 20 public history 03 00 This collection addresses the concept of gender in the middle ages through the study of place and space, exploring how gender and space may be mutually constructive and how individuals and communities make and are made by the places and spaces they inhabit. From womb to tomb, how are we defined and confined by gender and by space? Interrogating the thresholds between sacred and secular, public and private, enclosure and exposure, domestic and political, movement and stasis, the essays in this interdisciplinary collection draw on current research and contemporary theory to suggest new destinations for future study. 04 00 Foreword. The Virgin of Bethlehem, gender and space Anthony Bale Introduction Victoria Blud, Diane Heath and Einat Klafter I. Sacred space1. Religious women in the landscape: their roles in medieval Canterbury and its hinterland Sheila Sweetinburgh 2. Space and place: archaeologies of female monasticism in later medieval Ireland Tracy Collins 3. Making space for leprous nuns: Matthew Paris and the foundation of St. Mary de Pré, St. Albans Philippa Byrne 4. On the threshold? The role of women in Lincolnshire’s late medieval parish guilds Claire Kennan 5. Beyond the sea: medieval mystic space and early modern convents in exile Victoria Blud II. Going places 6. Men on pilgrimage – women adrift: thoughts on gender in sea narratives from early medieval Ireland Eivor Bekkhus 7. ‘Yfallen out of heigh degree’: Chaucer’s Monk and crises of liminal masculinities Martin Laidlaw 8. The feminine mystic: Margery Kempe’s pilgrimage to Rome as an imitatio Birgittae Einat Klafter III. A woman’s place? 9. ‘Unbynde her anoone’: The Lives of St. Margaret of Antioch and the lying-in space in late medieval England Róisín Donohoe 10. Gendered spaces and female filth: Auda Fabri’s mystical heresy Kathryn Loveridge 11. Shopping or scrimping? The contested space of the household in Middle English devotional literature Louise Campion 12. Tombscape: the tomb of Lady Joan de Mohun in the crypt of Canterbury cathedral Diane Heath IV. Watch this space! 13. Women’s visibility and the ‘vocal gaze’ at windows, doors and gates in vitae from the thirteenth-century Low Countries Hannah Shepherd 14. Women in the medieval wall paintings of Canterbury cathedral Jayne Wackett 15. Commanding un-empty space: silence, stillness and scopic authority in the York Christ before Herod Daisy Black Afterword Leonie V. Hicks Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190103 13 15 9781909646841 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/119.9781909646858.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/gender-in-medieval-places-spaces-and-thresholds/ 99 01 urn:uuid:a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 03 01 01 urn:uuid:a4ef1e83-b3c7-4f96-b0c0-ecbdd7ccfe02 15 9781914477072 06 10.14296/2204.9781914477072 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Giving Birth in Eighteenth-Century England 1 A01 Sarah Fox 01 eng 00 250 03 20 birth 12 HB 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 NH 20 giving birth 93 JBFV1 12 JHBF 10 SOC046000 12 3JF 93 3ML 20 childbirth 10 HIS037050 20 children 20 community 20 pregnancy 20 history of pregnancy 20 England 20 motherhood 20 history of motherhood 20 mother-in-law 20 fatherhood 20 family life 20 family in 18th century 20 18th-century England 20 caudle 20 lying-in 20 rest after birth 20 birthing linen 20 clothes for pregnant women 20 pregnancy in 18th century 20 mothers in 18th century 20 menstruation in 18th century 20 family relationships 03 00 This fascinating new book radically rewrites all that we know about eighteenth-century childbirth by placing women’s voices at the centre of the story. From quickening</italic> through to confinement, giving caudle, </italic>delivery and lying-in, </italic>birth was once a complex ritual that involved entire communities. Drawing on an extensive and under-researched body of materials, such as letters, diaries and recipe books, this book offers critical new perspectives on the history of the family and community. It explores the rituals of childbirth, from birthing clothing to the foods traditionally eaten before and after birth, and also how a woman’s relationship with her family, husband, friends and neighbours changed during pregnancy and beyond. In this important and deeply moving study, we are invited on a detailed and emotive journey through motherhood in an age of immense intellectual and sociocultural change. 04 00 IntroductionBirth and the BodyBirth in the HouseholdFood and BirthThe Birth FamilyBirth in the CommunityConclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20220413 13 15 9781914477058 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/2204.9781914477072.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/giving-birth-in-eighteenth-century-england/ 99 01 urn:uuid:6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6105d3ae-4faa-45b2-8263-cae0d036cc01 15 9781909646650 06 10.14296/517.9781909646650 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Healthcare in Ireland and Britain 1850-1970: Voluntary, regional and comparative perspectives 1 B01 Donnacha Sean Lucey 2 B01 Virginia Crossman 01 eng 00 294 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 NHD 20 Public health 12 1DBK 93 1DDR 20 British healthcare system 10 HIS018000 12 1DBR 93 1DDU 20 Voluntary hospitals 20 Poor Law 20 Workhouses 20 Edwardian era 20 Irish hospitals 20 N.H.S. 20 Catholic Church 20 Nation -building 03 00 This volume explores developments in health and social care in Ireland and Britain during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The central objectives are to highlight the role of voluntarism in healthcare, to examine healthcare in local and regional contexts, and to provide comparative perspectives. The collection is based on two interconnected and overlapping research themes: voluntarism and healthcare, and regionalism/localism and healthcare. It includes two synoptic overviews by leading authorities in the field, and ten case studies focusing on particular aspects of voluntary and/or regional healthcare in Ireland and Britain. 04 00 ContentsIntroductionDonnacha Seán Lucey and Virginia CrossmanI. Historiographical directions1 ‘Voluntarism’ in English health and welfare: visions of historyMartin Gorsky2 Healthcare systems in Britain and Ireland in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries: the national, international and sub-national contextsJohn StewartII. Voluntary hospital provision3 Paying for health: comparative perspectives on patient payment and contributions for hospital provision in IrelandDonnacha Seán Lucey and George Campbell Gosling4 ‘Why have a Catholic Hospital at all?’ The Mater Infirmorum Hospital Belfast and the state, 1883–1972Peter Martin5 Cottage hospitals and communities in rural East Devon, 1919–39Julia NevilleIII. Healthcare and the mixed economy6 The mixed economy of care in the South Wales coalfield, c.1850–1950Steven Thompson7 ‘… it would be preposterous to bring a Protestant here’: religion, provincial politics and district nurses in Ireland, 1890–1904Ciara Breathnach8 To ‘solve the darkest Social Problems of our time’: the Church of Scotland’s entry into the British matrix of health and welfare provision, c.1880–1914Janet GreenleesIV. Public health, voluntarism and local government9 Feverish activity: Dublin City Council and the smallpox outbreak of 1902–3 Ciarán Wallace10 Influenza: the Irish Local Government Board’s last great crisisIda Milne11 The roots of regionalism: municipal medicine from the Local Government Board to the Dawson ReportSally Sheard 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170119 13 15 9781909646025 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/healthcare-in-ireland-and-britain-1850-1970-voluntary-regional-and-comparative-perspectives/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646650.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586 03 01 01 urn:uuid:dc3c4633-47c7-4952-9887-e9ca7c1ec586 15 9781909646643 06 10.14296/517.9781909646643 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Heroic Chancellor: Winston Churchill and the University of Bristol, 1929 to 1965 1 A01 David Cannadine 01 eng 00 86 03 12 HBLW 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 93 N 20 Winston Churchill 12 BGH 20 Bristol 93 DNBH 93 3MP 20 Higher education 20 University Chancellor 20 Post-war Britain 20 Wartime Britain 03 00 "Not only was Churchill the most illustrious and the most distinguished Chancellor that the University of Bristol has ever had, but he was also in his prime, from the 1940s onwards, probably the most famous and the most distinguished chancellor of any university anywhere in the world." David Cannadine 04 00 ContentsPrefaceIntroduction<ol> <li>‘Uneducated’ Chancellor</li> <li>Appointed Chancellor</li> <li>Apprentice Chancellor</li> <li>Wartime Chancellor</li> <li>Opposition Chancellor</li> <li>Premier Chancellor</li> <li>Sunset Chancellor</li> </ol>Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170608 13 15 9781909646186 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/517.9781909646643.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/heroic-chancellor-winston-churchill-and-the-university-of-bristol-1929-to-1965/ 99 01 urn:uuid:0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff 03 01 01 urn:uuid:0f30bc70-79dd-4db6-a0cf-f5a61c837dff 15 9781912250134 06 10.14296/518.9781912250134 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth 1 B01 Corinne Lennox 2 B01 Matthew Waites 01 eng 00 572 03 B2 Human Rights 93 JPVH 12 JPVH 20 LGBT 10 POL035010 B2 Commonwealth Studies 20 human rights 93 JBSF 12 JFSJ 10 SOC032000 12 1QFC 93 1QFC 20 gender identity 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 activism 93 5PT 20 reform 20 Commonwealth 20 British Empire 03 00 Human rights in relation to sexual orientation and gender identity are at last reaching the heart of global debates. Yet 78 states worldwide continue to criminalise same-sex sexual behaviour, and due to the legal legacies of the British Empire, 42 of these – more than half – are in the Commonwealth of Nations. In recent years many states have seen the emergence of new sexual nationalisms, leading to increased enforcement of colonial sodomy laws against men, new criminalisations of sex between women and discrimination against transgender people. Human Rights, Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity in The Commonwealth</italic> challenges these developments as the first book to focus on experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) and all non-heterosexual people in the Commonwealth. The volume offers the most internationally extensive analysis to date of the global struggle for decriminalisation of same-sex sexual behaviour and relationships. 04 00 1 Human rights, sexual orientation and gender identity in the Commonwealth: from history and law to developing activism and transnational dialogues - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waites 2 The sodomy offence: England’s least lovely criminal law export? - The Hon. Michael Kirby AC CMG 3 This alien legacy: the origins of ‘sodomy’ laws in British colonialism - Human Rights Watch 4 LGBT rights in Commonwealth forums: politics, pitfalls and progress? - Frederick Cowell 5 United Kingdom: confronting criminal histories and theorising decriminalisation as citizenship and governmentality - Matthew Waites 6 Wolfenden in Canada: within and beyond official discourse in law reform struggles - Gary Kinsman 7 Australia: nine jurisdictions, one long struggle - Graham Willett 8 A few respectable steps behind the world? Gay and lesbian rights in contemporary Singapore - Simon Obendorf 9 The Malaysian dilemma: negotiating sexual diversity in a Muslim-majority Commonwealth state - Shanon Shah 10 Decriminalisation of consensual same-sex sexual acts in the South Asian Commonwealth: struggles in contexts - Sumit Baudh 11 Decriminalising homosexuality in Africa: lessons from the South African experience - Gustavo Gomes da Costa Santos 12 The development of sexual rights and the LGBT movement in Botswana - Monica Tabengwa with Nancy Nicol 13 The LGBT situation in Malawi: an activist perspective - Undule Mwakasungula 14 The incremental approach: Uganda’s struggle for the decriminalisation of homosexuality - Adrian Jjuuko 15 Religious institutions and actors and religious attitudes to homosexual rights: South Africa and Uganda - Kevin Ward 16 ‘Buggery’ and the Commonwealth Caribbean: a comparative examination of the Bahamas, Jamaica, and Trinidad and Tobago - Joseph Gaskins Jr. 17 Beyond cross-cultural sensitivities: international human rights advocacy and sexuality in Jamaica - Conway Blake and Philip Dayle 18 The use of equality and anti-discrimination law in advancing LGBT rights - Dimitrina Petrova 19 Conclusion Comparative analysis of decriminalisation and change across the Commonwealth: understanding contexts and discerning strategies - Corinne Lennox and Matthew Waite 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180501 13 15 9780957354883 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/518.9781912250134.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/human-rights-sexual-orientation-and-gender-identity-in-the-commonwealth/ 99 01 urn:uuid:49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 03 01 01 urn:uuid:49383810-8446-41fb-bab6-c5fc6966945a 15 9781912702305 06 10.14296/520.9781912702305 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Individuals and Institutions in Medieval Scholasticism 1 B01 Antonia Fitzpatrick 2 B01 John Sabapathy 01 eng 00 302 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 20 scholastic 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 1D 93 GTB 20 medieval 93 1D 12 2AB 20 networks 93 2ACB 12 3H 20 polemics 93 3KL-GB-D 20 epic poetry 93 6AG 03 00 This volume explores the relationship between individuals and institutions in scholastic thought and practice across the twelfth and fifteenth centuries, setting an agenda for future debates. Written by leading European experts from numerous fields, this theoretically sophisticated collection analyses a wide range of intellectual practices and disciplines. Avoiding narrow approaches to scholasticism, the book addresses ethics, history, heresy, law, inquisition, metaphysics, pastoral care, poetry, religious orders, saints’ cults and theology. A substantial introduction establishes an accessible historiographical context for the volume’s agenda, and a final afterword examines implications for future research.The history of individuals and institutions in scholasticism has often been unhelpfully treated either as a simple intellectual genealogy of schools and doctrines, or a constitutional history of particular organizational forms. This volume advances our understanding by reconsidering these fields as a whole and addressing two large questions. What was the relationship between particular intellectuals and their wider networks? How did individuals alter their institutions, and how did those institutions shape their individuality?This volume is of major importance to intellectual, religious and cultural historians as well as historians of knowledge and science. It will engage those working on individuals and institutions in the middle ages as well as in other periods. 04 00 Introduction: individuals and institutions in medieval scholasticism Antonia Fitzpatrick and John SabapathyI. Individuals and intellectual traditions: construction and criticism 1. The fathers of scholasticism: authorities as totems Blaise Dufal2. The unicity of substantial form in the Correctoria corruptorii fratris Thomae of Richard Knapwell, Robert Orford and John of Paris Antonia Fitzpatrick3. Italian universities, arts masters and interpreting Pomponazzi’s De immortalitate animaeJohn Marenbon4. Individual and institution in scholastic historiography: Nicholas Trevet Matthew KempshallII. Institutions and individuals: organizations and social practices a. Individuals and organizations5. The charismatic leader and the vita religiosa: some observations about an apparent contradiction between individual and institution Gert Melville6. An institution made of individuals: Peter John Olivi and Angelo Clareno on the Franciscan experience Sylvain Piron7. Rolando of Cremona and the earliest inquisition depositions of Languedoc Peter Billerb. Individuals and practices 8. Robert of Courson’s systematic thinking about early thirteenth-century institutions John Sabapathy9. ‘Better to let scandal arise than to relinquish the truth’: the cases of conscience of the masters of Paris in the thirteenth century Emily Corran10. Of parish priests and hermaphrodites: Robert Holcot’s discussion of Omnis utriusque sexus Cornelia Linde11. The cult of the marriage of Joseph and Mary: the shaping of doctrinal novelty in Jean Gerson’s Josephina (1414–17) Isabel IribarrenAfterword David d’Avray 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200731 13 15 9781912702268 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/individuals-and-institutions-in-medieval-scholasticism/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/520.9781912702305.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 03 01 01 urn:uuid:53aa205d-5898-4104-86f3-29a9bd55fc60 15 9781908590633 06 10.14296/yypo7070 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Innovations in Teaching History Eighteenth-Century Studies in Higher Education 1 B01 Ruth Larsen 2 B01 Alice Marples 3 B01 Matthew McCormack 01 eng 12 HBA 10 HIS035000 B2 History ⇒ Modern History 93 NHA 20 pedagogical 12 3JF 10 HIS037050 20 historical studies 93 JNU 20 practical 10 PT010 93 YPJH 93 3ML 20 guide 93 4CT 20 teachers 20 strategies 03 00 An essential teaching companion offering practical strategies for enhancing learning for all teachers of history in higher education.</bold>The study of the eighteenth century has been a growth area in university research and teaching in recent decades. Although widely taught in history departments, the eighteenth century also presents challenges, including new students’ unfamiliarity with the period, the theoretical and interdisciplinary nature of the critical writings, and extensive online source material requiring digital skills for its evaluation.Focusing on pedagogical innovation and current developments in the discipline, this collection of essays reflects on how we teach the history of the long eighteenth century, exploring current subfields such as histories of material culture, the senses, gender, crime and empire. It presents practical case studies showcasing how novel teaching methods can be employed in the classroom that promote active learning and invite students to think critically about the nature of their discipline. Methods covered include decolonising the curriculum, digital history, transferable skills, engaging with objects, working in non-classroom settings and multisensory approaches.Grounded in real academic practice, this is a valuable guide for all history educators, whether specialising in the eighteenth century or beyond. 04 00 <ul> <li>Introduction Ruth Larsen, Alice Marples and Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part I Digital History</li> <li>1 Letting Students Loose in the Archive: Reflections on Teaching “At the Court of King George: Exploring the Royal Archives” at King’s College London Arthur Burns and Oliver Walton </li> <li>2 Introducing Australian Students to British History and Research Methods Via Digital Sources Simon Burrows and Rebekah Ward </li> <li>Part II History in the Classroom</li> <li>3 Sensational Pedagogy: Teaching the Sensory Eighteenth Century William Tullett </li> <li>4 Let’s Talk About Sex: “BAD” Approaches to Teaching the Histories of Gender and Sexualities Ruth Larsen </li> <li>5 Engaging Students with Political History: Citizenship in the (Very) Long Eighteenth Century Matthew McCormack </li> <li>Part III Material Culture and Museum Collections</li> <li>6 Beyond “Great White Men”: Teaching Histories of Science, Empire and Heritage through Collections Alice Marples </li> <li>7 Teaching Eighteenth-Century Classical Reception through University Museum Collections Lenia Kouneni </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20240627 13 15 9781908590619 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/yypo7070.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/innovations-in-teaching-history/ 99 01 urn:uuid:deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8 03 01 01 urn:uuid:deac4aff-d539-4a76-870a-e4cf8aa36da8 15 9781911507369 06 10.14296/grch4849 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 International Handbook on Clinical Tax Education 1 B01 Amy Lawton 2 A01 Annette Morgan 3 A01 David Massey 4 A01 Donovan Castelyn 01 eng 12 L B2 Law 10 LAW059000 93 LNUP 20 tax clinics 10 LAW062000 20 legal aid 93 LNUY 20 tax law 20 taxpayers 20 tax system 20 clinical legal education 20 legal studies 20 pro bono representation 20 advocacy 03 00 While tax clinics have existed in the US since the 1970s, they are now being established throughout the world, with recent clinical developments in Australia, the UK and Ireland in particular.Of interest to higher education professionals, the tax profession and policymakers, this practical handbook explores the benefits that a clinical tax education can have and equips readers with the tools needed to start a clinical tax project. It investigates the ways in which tax clinics can both educate and remedy tax positions for local communities. It also explores the higher education setting, in which community tax projects rely on students for their success, offering them the benefits of an alternative learning environment in tax and experience in tax while studying.Beyond identifying the practical benefits, this handbook uses learning from tax clinics to uncover the burdens and impacts of tax policy on more marginalised taxpayers, and how policymakers can tailor tax systems to overcome them. 04 00 ForewordNina Olsen1. IntroductionAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan CastelynPart 1: The Tax Clinic 2. A brief history of tax clinics around the globeDonovan Castelyn and Annette Morgan3. Project administration: how to set up a tax clinicAmy Lawton4. Rationale: Tax support for low-income individualsTina Riches5. Rationale: Tax and the poverty interfaceAnn Kayis-Kumar, Lily Pan, Michael Walpole, Bradley Hastings and Jack NoonePart 2: Tax Clinics and our Communities6. Engagement in the communityAmy Lawton, Annette Morgan, David Massey and Donovan Castelyn7. Listening to our Communities: The Community Tax Law Project as an example of Low-Income Taxpayer Community Focused Service ProviderDavid Sams8. Public Education: the Unilag Tax Club * Edidiong Bassey and Aduloju Oluwatofunmi*9. Public Education: engaging with secondary education in schoolsMichelle Lyon Drumbl10. Taxpayer resolution: improving taxpayer compliance in IndonesiaKristian Agung Prasetyo and Khusnaini11. Policy changes: impact on and through the tax courtKeith Fogg12. Marginalised voices: tax and the criminal justice systemDeborah WoodPart 3: Tax Clinics and our Students13. Pedagogical theory and clinical tax educationAmy Lawton14. Enhancing student experience: shadowing, role plays and reflectionConnie Vitale and Andrew Medlen15. Introducing tax advocacy to studentsSarah Lora and Christine Speidel16. Developing Employability Skills through Practice-Based LearningEric O. Boahen, Shampa Roy-Mukherjee, Emmanuel Ambe and James Tuffour17. Students’ professional identity and a fully online tax clinicBrett Freudenberg, Melissa Belle Isle, Colin Perryman, Kristin Thomas and Ashleigh CohenPart 4: Moving Forwards18. A research roadmap for tax clinicsEmer Mulligan and Margaret O’Neill19. Moving forwards: tax clinics and business schoolsDavid Massey20. Concluding remarksAmy Lawton 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20231207 13 15 9781911507352 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/international-handbook-on-clinical-tax-education/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/grch4849.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:ed33f1e5-e385-4b85-b1a2-9de70711e3a4 03 01 01 urn:uuid:ed33f1e5-e385-4b85-b1a2-9de70711e3a4 15 9781913739003 06 10.14296/0620.9781913739003 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Johnson and the Internet 1 A01 David Crystal 01 eng 00 25 03 20 data 12 DSBD 93 DSG 10 LIT013000 B2 Literary Studies 93 GLP 12 GLP 20 Johnson 10 LAN004000 20 computer-mediated speech 93 GTC 12 GTC 20 digital 20 communications 20 Netspeak 03 00 Professor David Crystal discusses Computer-Mediated Speech (CMC), or Netspeak. In this short book, he presents a discursive timeline of the linguistic quirks of digital interactivity. From framing</italic> to flaming</italic>, from emoticons to text speak, can we ever communicate effectively in our digital realms? The book is based on a lecture given as part of the Hilda Hulme Memorial Lectures, established in 1985 following a donation from Mr Mohamed Aslam in memory of his wife, Dr Hilda Hulme. The lectures are on the subject of English literature and relate to one of ‘the three fields in which Dr Hulme specialised, namely Shakespeare, language in Elizabethan drama, and the nineteenth-century novel’.This lecture by Professor David Crystal was originally published by the Institute of English Studies, University of London in 2005. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200619 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/0620.9781913739003.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/johnson-and-the-internet/ 99 01 urn:uuid:e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f 03 01 01 urn:uuid:e77ce638-6a84-43fd-a55d-6fcbae2e2c7f 15 9781911507567 06 10.63674/yqyj7969 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Law and Justice in the 1950s Case Studies From a Neglected Decade 1 B01 21 0000-0002-6788-6673 Fiona Cownie 2 B01 21 0000-0003-0792-3978 Rosemary Auchmuty 01 eng 00 252 03 20 1950s 12 HBTB B2 Law 10 LAW060000 93 NHTB 10 HIS037070 B2 History 20 legal history 93 LN 12 LN 12 1DBKE 93 1DDU-GB-E 20 England 12 1DBKW 93 1DDU-GB-W 20 Wales 12 3JJP 93 3MPB 20 London 20 legal education 20 social 20 justice 20 divorce law 20 Wolfenden Report 20 family law 20 environmental law 03 00 The 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Rosemary Auchmuty & Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 1 Shaking Up the Savoy Sally Wheeler </li> <li> 2 The Great London Smog of 1952; its consequences and contemporary relevance” Sue Farran </li> <li> 3 Direct Line to Beeching and Beyond? The Failure of the 1950s Railway Modernisation Plan Emma Jones </li> <li> 4 Professor Gower, Complacent Academics and Legal Education Fiona Cownie </li> <li> 5 A University in (or of) Wales? Vaisey’s Folly and St. David’s College, Lampeter R. Gwynedd Parry </li> <li> 6 Radio, The Listener and The Times: lessons from the 1950s in the public understanding of law Simon Lee </li> <li> 7 Divorce Law Reform and Feminism in the 1950s Rosemary Auchmuty </li> <li> 8 Mrs. Gladys Hutchinson, Lord Upjohn, and the case of the bankrupt “spendthrift…ne-er-do-well and… waster” John Tribe </li> <li> 9 The Wolfenden Report, homosexuality, and women Caroline Derry </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20260122 13 15 9781911507536 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-and-justice-in-the-1950s/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/yqyj7969.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 03 01 01 urn:uuid:7cd71216-ff39-4923-b213-2e17f9886b02 15 9781911507291 06 10.14296/ancx5218 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis 1 B01 21 0000-0002-3495-1651 Carl F. Stychin 01 eng 00 306 03 20 COVID-19 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW000000 12 LAQ 10 LAW046000 93 LBBL 20 pandemic 20 public health 20 women and COVID-19 20 domestic violence 20 Spanish Flu 20 masks 20 Jair Bolsonaro 20 work ethics 20 labour 20 protest 20 civil unrest 20 disaster politics 20 education and COVID-19 20 coronavirus 03 00 While there has been an abundance of scientific works on the COVID-19 crisis, there has been relatively little research to date from the humanities. This striking new book seeks to address the immediacy of COVID-19 by focusing on the implications of the virus in a wider interdisciplinary context – through the lens of the law, history, ethics, technology, economics and gender studies.<break/>From Europe to South America, Asia and beyond, Law, Humanities and the COVID Crisis</italic> sets out a framework for understanding the COVID-19 virus beyond its epidemiological constraints, asking us to question the very definition of what it means to be human. Researchers from around the world offer their critical reflections on the past, present, and future of this period of sociocultural upheaval and the tremendous suffering that has laid bare fundamental imbalances in our society. Featuring essays on public welfare versus private interest, violence against women, mask compliance, conspiracy theories and national security laws, this book is a significant contribution to understanding our new 'post-COVID' landscape, and the future yet to come. 04 00 Introduction Carl F. Stychin   1. Public Interest or Social Need? Reflections on the Pandemic, Technology and the Law Dimitrios Kivotidis   2. COVID, Commodification and Conspiracism David M. Seymour   3. Counting the Dead During a Pandemic Marc Trabsky   4. The Law and the Limits of the Dressed Body: Masking Regulation and the 1918–19 Influenza Pandemic in Australia Marc De Vitis and David J Carter   5. Walls and Bridges: Framing Lockdown through Metaphors of Imprisonment and Fantasies of Escape David Gurnham   6. Penal Response and Biopolitics in the time of the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Indonesian Experience Harison Citrawan and Sabrina Nadilla   7. The Pandemic and Two Ships Renisa Mawani and Mikki Stelder   8. Women, Violence and Protest in times of COVID-19 Kim Barker and Olga Jurasz   9. COVID-19 and the Legal Regulation of Working Families Nicole Busby and Grace James   10. Law, Everyday Spaces and Objects, and Being Human Jill Marshall   11. Pandemic, Humanities and The Legal Imagination of The Disaster Valerio Nitrato Izzo   12. Prospects for Recovery in Brazil: Deweyan Democracy, the Legacy of Fernando Cardoso and the Obstruction of Jair Bolsonaro Frederic R Kellogg, George Browne Rego and Pedro Spindola B Alves 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20230126 13 15 9781911507390 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/ancx5218.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/law-humanities-and-the-covid-crisis/ 99 01 urn:uuid:82a7f91c-ed4e-4638-ba8a-fef92a200a66 03 01 01 urn:uuid:82a7f91c-ed4e-4638-ba8a-fef92a200a66 15 9781911507154 06 10.14296/919.9781911507154 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Legal Records at Risk: A strategy for safeguarding our legal heritage 1 A01 Clare Cowling 01 eng 00 308 03 12 L 93 L B2 Law 10 LAW061000 20 legal records 20 archives 93 GLP 12 GLP 10 LAW059000 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 preservation 12 3JMC 93 3MR 03 00 Why do so few institutions in the legal sector have professional records managers or archivists on their staff?<break/><break/> This book is the culmination of a three year project by experienced archivist and records managers on private sector legal records at risk in England at Wales. It summarises the work of the Legal Records at Risk (LRAR) project and its predecessors, diagnoses the problems of preservation of archives in the legal sector in England and Wales and outlines a national strategy for such records to be developed in conjunction with The National Archives. 04 00 Introduction Chapter 1: Are private sector records more at risk than in the past? Chapter 2: The project plan Chapter 3: Identifying legal records at risk Chapter 4: Engaging with stakeholders Chapter 5: LRAR seminars Chapter 6: LRAR case studies Chapter 7: Seeking to develop a national strategy to rescue legal records Chapter 8: Findings Chapter 9: Solutions 39 9.1 The creation of a dedicated ‘legal records’ archives Chapter 10: Conclusion 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20190902 13 15 9781911507147 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/legal-records-at-risk-a-strategy-for-safeguarding-our-legal-heritage/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/919.9781911507154.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 03 01 01 urn:uuid:6a7af882-8af7-42c4-ba54-d1d9040e6771 15 9781915249630 06 10.14296/hflc8361 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Liberation Theology and Praxis in Contemporary Latin America As it Was in the Beginning? 1 B01 Pablo Bradbury 2 B01 21 0000-0003-4144-8672 Niall H.D. Geraghty 01 eng 12 HRCM B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 liberationist 93 QRVG 10 REL067120 12 1KL 20 Christianity 10 HIS024000 93 NHK 93 1KL 10 5.0.0.0.0.0.0 20 theologian 93 5PB-US-H 20 religious practice 20 social movement 20 South America 20 Catholic Church 20 lived experience 20 human rights 20 Cold War 20 political 20 ecology 03 00 This interdisciplinary volume brings together approaches from history, theology, cultural studies, architecture, sociology, and anthropology to reevaluate the legacy and significance of liberation theology in Latin America.Liberation theology was born in the 1960s at a time of Church renewal and socio-economic ferment, as many sought radical solutions to the perceived exhaustion of developmentalist projects and the institutionalised violence of capitalism and dependency. By focussing on praxis – the lived experiences, spiritual, and embodied practices of those engaged in social action – the book challenges the assumption that liberation theology had reached its twilight by the late 1970s. Indeed, it demonstrates that liberationist Christianity was more diverse and internally conflicted, more widely resonant outside ecclesial confines, and more interconnected over time, than often allowed.The chapters provide new perspectives on liberationist engagements with, and influence on, ecclesiology, Participatory Action Research, architecture and urbanism, feminism, human rights, ecofeminist political theology, and more, from the 1960s to the present moment in Latin America. Drawing these threads together, the book invites us to reconsider liberation theology’s praxis in retrospect and the continuities and changes that reach into the present day. 04 00 <ul> <li> Foreword: Theology in the Footsteps of the Martyrs Martha Zechmeister CJ </li> <li> Introduction: As it was in the Beginning? Pablo Bradbury and Niall Geraghty </li> <li> 1 Conflict and Ecclesiology: Obedience, Institutionality and People of God in the Movement of Priests for the Third World Pablo Bradbury </li> <li> 2 Legacies of the “Bridge-man”: Catholic Accompaniment, Inter-class Relations and the Classification of Surplus in Montevideo Patrick O’Hare </li> <li> 3 Orlando Fals-Borda’s Participatory Action Research: At and Beyond the Crossroads of Camilo Torres’s Neo-socialism and Liberation Theology Juan Mario Díaz-Arévalo </li> <li> 4 The Impact of Liberation Theology in the Latin American Built Environment Fernando Luiz Lara </li> <li> 5 When Liberation Theology Met Human Rights Anna Grimaldi </li> <li> 6 “Women, The Key to Liberation?”: A Feminist Theology of Liberation at the Catholic Women’s Conference at Puebla Natalie Gasparowicz </li> <li> 7 Towards the Possibility of an Ecofeminist Political Theology: The Case of Collective Con-spirando Ely Orrego-Torres </li> <li> Afterword: Contemporary Witnesses to Life and Liberation: The Persistent Reality of Latin American Martyrdom as an Ever-Evolving Challenge to Liberation Theologies Today Elizabeth O’Donnell Gandolfo </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20250220 13 15 9781915249593 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/hflc8361.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/liberation-theology-and-praxis-in-contemporary-latin-america/ 99 01 urn:uuid:579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3 03 01 01 urn:uuid:579ccda6-ca8d-4738-910b-e2d126d273b3 15 9781909646445 06 10.14296/117.9771909646445 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 London and beyond: Essays in honour of Derek Keene 1 B01 Matthew Davies 2 B01 James A. Galloway 01 eng 00 392 03 12 HBJD1 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 Medieval London 93 NHD 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 10 HIS016000 20 Urban History 20 Medieval Markets 20 Bruges 20 Social History 20 Medieval Dublin 20 Early Modern Communities 03 00 This fascinating new volume brings together seventeen authors from across disciplines to offer a detailed and comprehensive history of the European city. Dedicated to the late Derek Keene (1942-2021), the forefather of urban history, this book helps us better understand the development, role and allure of the metropolis throughout history, from medieval times to the 20th century. The chapters offered posit the city as a centre for innovation and political might juxtaposed against a sprawling, diverse community in constant flux. Therein we visit the high and lows of city dwelling, from the migrant population and London poor, to the judges and continental merchants trading in ‘exotic’ goods. “An exemplary volume” (Urban History), this is not one to be missed. 04 00 1. Feeding another city: provisioning Dublin in the later middle ages Margaret Murphy 2. Did peasants need markets and towns? The experience of late medieval England Christopher Dyer 3. The proliferation of markets revisited Richard Britnell 4. ‘Tempests of weather and great abundance of water’: the flooding of the Barking marshes in the later middle ages James A. Galloway 5. A taste for the Orient? Cosmopolitan demand for ‘exotic’ durable consumables in late medieval Bruges Peter Stabel 6. Hartlib’s world Rob Ilie 7. Hiding in the forest … The Gilberts’ rural scientific instrument manufactory Anita McConnell 8. Houses and households in Cheapside, c.1500-1550 Vanessa Harding 9. ‘The poore lost a good Frend and the parish a good Neighbour’: the lives of the poor and their supporters in London’s eastern suburb, c.1583-c.1679 Philip Baker and Mark Merry 10. Between sea and city: portable communities in late medieval London and Bruges Erik Spindler 11. The kindness of strangers: charitable giving in the community of the Dutch Church, Austin Friars, in the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries Catherine Wright 12. Londoners and the court of common pleas in the fifteenth century Matthew Frank Stevens A bibliography of the published writings of Derek Keene 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20170117 13 15 9781905165704 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/london-and-beyond-essays-in-honour-of-derek-keene/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/117.9771909646445.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fd5a8a5e-01ba-423b-a75a-1652c57da046 15 9781909646889 06 10.14296/718.9781909646889 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Magna Carta: history, context and influence Papers delivered at Peking University on the 800th anniversary of Magna Carta 1 B01 Lawrence Goldman 01 eng 00 138 03 12 HB 10 HIS015000 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 20 Magna Carta 93 NH 12 HBLC1 93 NHDJ 20 politics 20 American revolution 93 GTM 12 HBJ 12 1DBK 93 1DDU 20 Civil War 20 British history 20 American history 03 00 This book examines the history and influence of Magna Carta in British and American history. In a series of essays written by notable British specialists, it considers the origins of the document in the political and religious contexts of the thirteenth century, the relevance of its principles to the seventeenth century disputes that led to the Civil War, the uses made of Magna Carta to justify the American Revolution, and its inspiration of the radical-democratic movement in Britain in the early nineteenth century. The introductory essay considers the celebration of Magna Carta's 800th anniversary in 2015 in relation to ceremonials and remembrance in Britain in general. Given as papers to a joint conference of British and Chinese historians in Beijing in 2015, these essays provide a clear and insightful overview of the origins and impact of a medieval document that has shaped the history of the world. 04 00 List of illustrations Foreword Retrospect and prospect: 800th anniversary of Magna Carta Notes on contributors 1. Historic anniversaries in British public life: Magna Carta 800/2015 in perspective Lawrence Goldman 2. Magna Carta 1215: its social and political context David Carpenter 3. Magna Carta: from King John to western liberty Nicholas Vincent 4. The Church and Magna Carta in the thirteenth century S. T. Ambler 5. Sir Edward Coke’s resurrection of Magna Carta George Garnett 6. ‘More precious in your esteem than it deserveth’? Magna Carta and seventeenth-century politics Rachel Foxley 7. Magna Carta in the American Revolution Harry T. Dickinson 8. Reform, radicalism and revolution: Magna Carta in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Britain Alexander Lock Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20180731 13 15 9781909646872 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/718.9781909646889.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/magna-carta-history-context-and-influence/ 99 01 urn:uuid:fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:fc72683e-dac3-4e11-9659-946103aa4c5c 15 9781912250387 06 10.14296/920.9781912250387 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Crisis Participation, Datafication and Humanitarianism in the Age of Digital Mapping 1 B01 21 0000-0001-6480-3732 Doug Specht 01 eng 00 276 03 B2 Human Rights 20 maps 12 RGV 93 RGV 10 SOC015000 12 HBTQ 93 JBFG 20 mapping 10 SOC066000 20 data 12 JFFD 93 NHTQ 10 TEC048000 93 1A 20 crisis 93 3MR 20 cartography 20 humanitarian work 03 00 The digital age has thrown questions of representation, participation and humanitarianism back to the fore, as machine learning, algorithms and big data centres take over the process of mapping the subjugated and subaltern. Since the rise of Google Earth in 2005, there has been an explosion in the use of mapping tools to quantify and assess the needs of those in crisis, including those affected by climate change and the wider neo-liberal agenda. Yet, while there has been a huge upsurge in the data produced around these issues, the representation of people remains questionable. Some have argued that representation has diminished in humanitarian crises as people are increasingly reduced to data points. In turn, this data has become ever more difficult to analyse without vast computing power, leading to a dependency on the old colonial powers to refine the data collected from people in crisis, before selling it back to them.This book brings together critical perspectives on the role that mapping people, knowledges and data now plays in humanitarian work, both in cartographic terms and through data visualisations, and questions whether, as we map crises, it is the map itself that is in crisis. 04 00 Mapping Crisis: a reflection on the Covid-19 pandemic Doug SpechtIntroduction: mapping in times of crisis Doug Specht1. Mapping as tacit representations of the colonial gaze Tamara Bellone, Salvatore Engel-di-Mauro, Francesco Fiermonte, Emiliana Armano and Linda Quiquivix2. The failures of participatory mapping: a mediational perspective Gregory Asmolov3. Knowledge and spatial production between old and new representation: a conceptual and operative framework M. Rosaria Prisco4. Data colonialism, surveillance capitalism and drones Faine Greenwood5. The role of data collection, mapping and analysis in the reproduction of refugeeness and migration discourses: reflections from the Refugee Spaces project Giovanna Astolfo, Ricardo Marten Caceres, Falli Palaiologou, Camillo Boano and Ed Manley6. Dying in the technosphere: an intersectional analysis of European migration maps Monika Halkort7. Now the totality maps us: mapping climate migration and surveilling movable borders in digital cartographies Bogna M Konior8. The rise of the citizen data scientist Aleš Završnik and Pika Šarf9. Modalities of united statelessness Rupert Allan 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200914 13 15 9781912250332 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-crisis/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/920.9781912250387.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07 03 01 01 urn:uuid:335e1ffd-fa1d-4b8e-bb65-1f8773babb07 15 9780854572854 06 10.14296/wxvs7011 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping Post-War Italian Literature Boom and Aftermath (1956–1979) 1 A01 Giulia Brecciaroli 01 eng 12 D 93 DSBH B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies 10 LIT000000 03 00 In the aftermath of the reconstruction period immediately after the Second World War, Italy experienced an unprecedented and unexpected phase of economic development, which transformed it from a traditionally agrarian and impoverished country into one of Europe’s most industrialized nations. The idea, treasured to this day by many Italians, of this period as a sort of ‘golden age’ has increasingly been called into question by historical research that has delved into the deeper, persistent contradictions of Italian society at the time. Mapping Post-War Italian Literature embraces the boom years and their legacy, exploring the long-lasting impact of post-war Italy’s urbanization and modernization on the imagination of Italian writers. It does so by looking at how socio-spatial transformations affecting the main industrial cities of the North – Milan and Turin – as well as the provinces (a space generally deemed ‘peripheral’) and the national landscape have been conceptualized in contemporary novels and travel accounts. The selected texts cross genre boundaries and reflect an array of authorial positions, giving a compelling and multifaceted account of the post-war historical transition. 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20240111 13 15 9780854572847 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-post-war-italian-literature/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/wxvs7011.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:66f120f2-cc8d-42bd-889c-ec1ea206f6c1 15 9781915249265 06 10.14296/mpgh8387 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Mapping the State English Boundaries and the 1832 Reform Act 1 A01 Martin Spychal 01 eng 20 England 12 HB 10 HIS015060 B2 History ⇒ British and Irish History 20 boundaries 20 boundary commission 20 politics 20 bill 20 parliament 20 Westminster 20 archival 20 British 20 big data 20 electoral map 20 voting 20 constituency 20 democracy 03 00 The 1832 Reform Act was a landmark moment in the development of modern British politics. By overhauling the country’s ancient representative system, the legislation reshaped constitutional arrangements at Westminster, reinvigorated political relationships between the centre and the provinces, and established the political structures and precedents that both shaped and hindered electoral reform over the following century.Mapping the State</italic> leads to a fundamental rethinking of the 1832 Reform Act by demonstrating how boundary reform, and the reconstruction of England’s electoral map by the little-known 1831–2 boundary commission, underpinned this turning point in the development of the British political nation. Eschewing traditional approaches to the 1832 Reform Act, it draws from a significant new archival discovery – the working papers of the boundary commission – and a range of innovative quantitative techniques to provide a major reassessment of why and how the 1832 Reform Act passed, its impact on reformed politics both at Westminster and in the constituencies, and its significance to the expansion of the modern British state. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction Part I Envisioning England’s reformed electoral map </li> <li>1 A balancing Act? Interests and parliamentary reform, 1780-1832</li> <li>2 ‘The most unpopular part of the bill throughout the country’: reintegrating boundaries into the story of reform</li> <li>3 Towards a science of government: the ‘spirit of inquiry’ and the establishment of the 1831-2 boundary commission</li> <li> 4 Whipped by the beadles? Data-gathering for the boundary commission Part II Redrawing England’s electoral map </li> <li>Chronology and voting data</li> <li>5 ‘The work we are engaged in is intended to last for a century’: redrawing England’s ancient electoral map</li> <li>6 The Droitwich dilemma: interests, grouping and the multiple parish borough</li> <li>7‘All the kindred interests of the town and neighbourhood’: new borough limits</li> <li>8 Under the knife: reconstructing the county map</li> <li>Conclusion</li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20240919 13 15 9781914477393 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/mapping-the-state/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/mpgh8387.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85 03 01 01 urn:uuid:98612de3-d0d0-4d5f-8fc4-3018f2695b85 15 9781905670819 06 10.14296/1019.9781905670819 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Marathon – 2,500 Years. Proceedings of The Marathon Conference 2010 1 B01 Christopher Carey 2 B01 Michael Edwards 01 eng 00 298 03 B2 AG 12 HBLA1 10 LCO003000 20 Marathon 93 NHC 20 ancient Greece 93 DSBB 12 DSBB 20 Athens 20 battle 20 Persian wars 20 history 03 00 Some two and a half millennia ago, in the summer of 490 BC, a small army of 9,000 Athenians, supported only be a thousand troops from Plataea, faced and overcame the might of the Persian army of King Darius I on the plain of Marathon.<break/><break/>While this was only the beginning of the Persian Wars, and the Greeks as a while would face a far greater threat to their freedom a decade later, the victory at Marathon had untold effects on the morale, confidence, and self-esteem of the Athenians, who would commemorate their finest hour in art and literature for centuries to come.<break/><break/>This volume, which includes twenty-one papers originally presented at a colloquium hosted by the Faculty of Philology at the University of Peloponnese, Kalamata in 2010 to mark the 2,500th anniversary of the battle, is a celebration of Marathon and its reception from classical antiquity to the present era. 04 00 Introductory note P. J. Rhodes The battle of Marathon and modern scholarship Christopher Pelling Herodotus’ Marathon Peter Krentz Marathon and the development of the exclusive hoplite phalanx Andrej Petrovic The battle of Marathon in pre-Herodotean sources: on Marathon verse-inscriptions (IG I3 503/504; Seg Lvi 430) V. L. Konstantinopoulos The Persian wars and political conflicts in Athens Andreas Markantonatos The silence of Thucydides: the battle of Marathon and Athenian pride K. W. Arafat Marathon in art Ariadne Gartziou-Tatti Gods, heroes and the battle of Marathon Antonis Mastrapas The battle of Marathon and the introduction of Pan’s worship to Athens: the political dimension of a legend through written evidence and archaeological finds Christopher Carey Marathon and the construction of the comic past Efi Papadodima The Battle of Marathon in fifth-century drama Ioanna Karamanou As threatening as the Persians: Euripides in Aristophanes’ Thesmophoriazusae Eleni Volonaki The Battle of Marathon in funeral speeches Athanasios Efstathiou The historical example of Marathon as used in the speeches On the false embassy, On the crown,and Against Ctesiphon by Demosthenes and Aeschines Christos Kremmydas Alexander the Great, Athens, and the rhetoric of the Persian wars Georgia Xanthaki-Karamanou The Battle of Marathon as a topos of Athenian political prestige in Classical times Christopher Tuplin Intolerable clothes and a terrifying name: the characteristics of an Achaemenid invasion force Ewen Bowie Marathon in the Greek culture of the Second century AD Michael Jung Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in Antiquity and modern times. Part I: Antiquity Peter Funke Marathon and the construction of the Persian wars in post-Antique times Lorna Hardwick Moving targets, modern contests: Marathon and cultural memory 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20191108 13 15 9781905670529 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781905670819.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/marathon-2500-years-proceedings-of-the-marathon-conference-2010-bics-supplement-124/ 99 01 urn:uuid:9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 03 01 01 urn:uuid:9ef68faf-97fe-45d0-aed7-1398bf01b304 15 9781912702251 06 10.14296/1120.9781912702251 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Masculinity and Danger on the Eighteenth-Century Grand Tour 1 A01 Sarah Goldsmith 01 eng 00 288 03 12 HBLL 10 HIS015050 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 20 masculinity 93 NHD 20 danger 12 HBJD 93 NHT 10 TRV009000 12 1D 93 1D 20 Grand Tour 10 HIS037040 12 2AB 93 2ACB 10 HIS037050 20 travel 10 1.0.0.0.0.0.0 12 3JF 93 3MGQ 20 adulthood 12 3JH 93 3ML 20 Europe 93 6AG 03 00 The Grand Tour was a journey to continental Europe undertaken by British nobility and wealthy landed gentry during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. As a rite of passage, the Tour also played an important role in the formation of contemporary notions of elite masculinity.Examining letters, diaries and other records left by Grand Tourists, tutors and their families, this book demonstrates how the Tour was used to educate elite young men in a wide variety of skills, virtues and masculine behaviours that extended well beyond polite society. Sarah Goldsmith argues that dangerous experiences, in particular, were far more central to the Tour as a means of constructing Britain’s next generation of leaders than has previously been acknowledged. Influenced by aristocratic concepts of honour and cultures of military leadership, elites viewed experiences of danger and hardship as powerfully transformative and therefore as central to the process of constructing masculinity.Far from viewing danger as a disruptive force, Grand Tourists willingly tackled a variety of social, geographical and physical perils, gambling their way through treacherous landscapes; scaling mountains, volcanoes and glaciers; and encountering war and disease. Through this innovative study of danger, Goldsmith offers a revision of eighteenth-century elite masculine culture and the critical role the Grand Tour played within this. 04 00 List of figures List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Hazarding chance: a history of eighteenth-century danger 2. Military mad: war and the Grand Tour 3. Wholesome dangers and a stock of health: exercise, sport and the hardships of the road 4. Fire and ice: mountains, glaciers and volcanoes 5. Dogs, servants and masculinities: writing about danger and emotion on the Grand Tour Conclusion Appendix Bibliography Index 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20201130 13 15 9781912702213 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/masculinity-and-danger-on-the-eighteenth-century-grand-tour/ 99 01 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1120.9781912702251.pdf 99 01 urn:uuid:5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5530fdee-ced7-4cd3-969b-c8cdf6e3a23c 15 9781912702152 06 10.14296/1019.9781912702152 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Londoners Essays to mark the eightieth birthday of Caroline M. Barron 1 B01 Elizabeth A. New 2 B01 Christian Steer 01 eng 00 378 03 20 archaeology 12 HBLC1 10 HIS015020 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 93 NHDJ 10 1.1.2.2.0.1.0 12 1DBKESL 93 1DDU-GB-ESL 20 documents 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 capital 12 3H 93 3KL-GB-D 20 festschrift 93 6AG 20 scholar 20 inhabitants 20 medieval pub 20 medieval cultures 20 Caroline Barron 20 Book of the Hartshorn 20 medieval migration 20 London guilds 20 London craftsmen 20 medieval notaries 20 Nicholas Alwyn (mayor of London) 20 alms 20 medieval charity 20 London Bridge 20 Aldgate nuns 20 medieval religion 20 Grey Friars church 20 ghosts 20 London graveyard 03 00 Medieval Londoners were a diverse group, some born in the city, others drawn to the capital from across the realm and from overseas. For some, London became the sole focus of their lives, while others retained or developed networks and loyalties that spread far and wide. The rich evidence for the medieval city, including archaeological and documentary sources, means that the study of London and its inhabitants remains a vibrant field. This volume brings together archaeologists, historians, art historians and literary scholars whose essays provide glimpses of medieval Londoners in all their variety.Medieval Londoners</italic> is offered to Caroline M. Barron, Emeritus Professor of the History of London at Royal Holloway, University of London, on the occasion of her eightieth birthday. Her remarkable career – over some fifty years – has revitalized the way in which we consider London and its people. This volume is a tribute to her scholarship and her friendship and encouragement to others. It is thanks to Caroline M. Barron that the study of medieval London remains as vibrant today as it has ever been. 04 00 Foreword by Jo Fox Introduction: medieval LondonersElizabeth A. NewLIVING IN THE CITY 1. Families in later medieval London: sex, marriage and mortalityVanessa Harding 2. A portrait of a late medieval London pub: the Star inn, Bridge StreetJustin Colson 3. Huntington Library MS. HM 140: household reading for Londoners?Julia Boffey 4. Palaeography and forgery: Thomas D.’s Book of the Hartshorn in SouthwarkMartha Carlin 5. ‘Go to hyr neybors wher she dwelte before’: reputation and mobility at the London consistory court in the early sixteenth centuryCharlotte Berry <h3>THE LURE OF LONDON</h3>6. Aliens, crafts and guilds in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies 7. William Styfford (fl. 1437‒66): citizen and scrivener of London and notary imperialJ. L. Bolton 8. Bankers and booksellers: evidence of the late fifteenth century English book trade in the ledgers of the Bardi bankM. T. W. Payne 9. Nicholas Alwyn, mayor of London: a man of two loyalties, London and SpaldingAnne F. Sutton <h3>LONDONERS REMEMBERED</h3>10. Charity and the city: London Bridge, c. 1176‒1275John A. McEwan 11. John Reynewell and St. Botolph BillingsgateStephen Freeth and John Schofield 12. The testament of Joan FitzLewes: a source for the history of the abbey of Franciscan nuns without AldgateJulian Luxford 13. Souls of benefactors at Grey Friars church LondonChristian Steer Afterword: The transformative effect: Caroline Barron as teacher and colleagueClive Burgess Doctorates awarded under the supervision of Caroline M. Barron Index Tabula Gratulatoria 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20191031 13 15 9781912702145 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/1019.9781912702152.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-londoners/ 99 01 urn:uuid:5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe 03 01 01 urn:uuid:5dd175ea-f7ae-4bcb-a274-d548a2ac35fe 15 9781909646735 06 10.14296/917.9781909646735 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Medieval Merchants and Money Essays in Honour of James L. Bolton 1 B01 Matthew Davies 01 eng 00 384 03 12 HBLC1 10 HIS037010 B2 History ⇒ Medieval History 20 Medieval Merchants 93 N 93 3K 20 London 20 Markets 20 Medieval Guilds 20 Trade 20 Economic History 20 English Mints. 03 00 This volume contains selected essays in celebration of the scholarship of the medieval historian Professor James L. Bolton. The essays address a number of different questions in medieval economic and social history, as the volume looks at the activities of merchants, their trade, legal interactions and identities, and on the importance of money and credit in the rural and urban economies. Other essays look more widely at patterns of immigration to London, trade and royal policy, and the role that merchants played in the Hundred Years War. 04 00 ContentsPrefaceI. London merchants: companies, identities and culture1 Negotiating merchant identities: the Stockfishmongers and London’s companies merging and dividing, c.1450–1550Justin Colson2 ‘Writying, making and engrocyng’: clerks, guilds and identity in late medieval LondonMatthew Davies3 What did medieval London merchants read?Caroline M. Barron4 ‘For quicke and deade memorie masses’: merchant piety in late medieval LondonChristian SteerII. Warfare, trade and mobility5 Fighting merchantsSam Gibbs and Adrian R. Bell<ol> <li>London and its merchants in the Italian archives, 1380–1530</li> </ol>F. Guidi-Bruscoli7 Settled or fleeting? London’s medieval immigrant community revisitedJessica LutkinIII. Merchants and the English crown8 East coast ports and the Iceland trade, 1483–5 (1489): protection and compensationAnne F. Sutton9 Royal servants and city fathers: the double lives of London goldsmiths at the court of Henry VIIS. P. HarperIV. Money and mints10 Medieval merchants and the English mints and exchanges, 973–1489Martin Allen11 The prosecution of counterfeiting in Lancastrian EnglandHannes KleinekeV. Markets, credit and the rural economy<ol> <li>The economic impact of clothmaking on rural society, 1300–1550</li> </ol>John Oldland13 Dealing in crisis: external credit and the early fourteenth-century English villagePhillipp R. Schofield14 Market courts and lex mercatoria in late medieval EnglandJames DavisVI. Merchants and the law15 Merchants and their use of the action of account in thirteenth- and early fourteenth-century EnglandPaul Brand16 ‘According to the law of merchants and the custom of the city of London’: Burton v. Davy (1436) and the negotiability of credit instruments in medieval EnglandTony MooreBibliography of the published works of James L. Bolton 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20171007 13 15 9781909646162 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/917.9781909646735.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/medieval-merchants-and-money/ 99 01 urn:uuid:45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 03 01 01 urn:uuid:45c78ca1-ad0a-4031-9ee9-4eef964cce50 15 9781908857767 06 10.14296/220.9781908857767 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation in the Caribbean and Beyond 1 B01 Jack Webb 2 B01 Rod Westmaas 3 B01 Maria del Pilar Kaladeen 4 B01 William Tantam 01 eng 00 192 03 12 HBTR B2 Languages, Cultures and Societies ⇒ Latin American and Caribbean Studies 20 migration 93 NHTR 10 POL045000 12 HBJK 93 NHK 20 policy 10 SOC007000 20 activism 12 HBTQ 10 HIS041000 93 NHTQ 12 1KJ 93 1KJ 10 4.2.0.0.0.0.0 20 colonialism 12 2AB 93 2ACB 20 decolonisation 12 3JH 93 3MN 12 3JJ 93 3MP 12 3JM 93 3MRB 93 6AG 03 00 In recent years, academics, policy makers and media outlets have increasingly recognised the importance of Caribbean migrations and migrants to the histories and cultures of countries across the Northern Atlantic. Memory, Migration and (De)Colonisation</italic> furthers our understanding of the lives of many of these migrants, and the contexts through which they lived and continue to live. In particular, it focuses on the relationship between Caribbean migrants and processes of decolonisation. The chapters in this book range across disciplines and time periods to present a vibrant understanding of the ever-changing interactions between Caribbean peoples and colonialism as they migrated within and between colonial contexts. At the heart of this book are the voices of Caribbean migrants themselves, whose critical reflections on their experiences of migration and decolonisation are interwoven with the essays of academics and activists. 04 00 Prologue Rod Westmaas Introduction Jack Webb, Maria del Pilar Kaladeen and William Tantam 1. Loving and leaving the new Jamaica: reckoning with the 1960s Matthew J. Smith 2. Why did we come? B. M. Nobrega 3. History to heritage: an assessment of Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, the Bahamas Kelly Delancy 4. ‘While nuff ah right and rahbit; we write and arrange’: deejay lyricism and the transcendental use of the voice in alternative public spaces in the UK William ‘Lez’ Henry 5. Journeying through the ‘motherland’ Peter Ramrayka 6. De Zie Contre Menti Kaba – when two eyes meet the lie ends. A Caribbean meditation on decolonising academic methodologies Nadine King Chambers 7. Organising for the Caribbean Anne Braithwaite 8. The consular Caribbean: consuls as agents of colonialism and decolonisation in the revolutionary Caribbean (1795–1848) Simeon Simeonov 9. To ‘stay where you are’ as a decolonial gesture: Glissant’s philosophy of Antillean space in the context of Césaire and Fanon Miguel Gualdrón Ramírez 10. Finding the Anancyesque in Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar and the decolonisation project in Jamaica from 1938 to the present Ruth Minott Egglestone 11. Maybe one day I’ll go home Rod Westmaas 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20200218 13 15 9781908857651 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.14296/220.9781908857767.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/memory-migration-and-decolonisation-in-the-caribbean-and-beyond/ 99 01 urn:uuid:987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1 03 01 01 urn:uuid:987405a6-a769-4f6b-ba5d-36016b7b72a1 15 9781911507505 06 10.63674/nkvo5059 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons License 02 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcode 01 01 Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law Scales, Locales, Themes and Practices 1 A01 21 0000-0002-9993-7789 Devyani Prabhat 01 eng 20 bordering 93 JBFH 12 JFFN B2 Law 10 LAW032000 B2 History ⇒ Social and Cultural History 93 JBFG 12 JFFD 20 migration studies 10 SOC007000 20 free movement 12 LNDA 93 LNDA 10 SOC066000 20 asylum seekers 93 LBBJ 12 LNDC 20 Immigration and Nationality Act 93 LNDC 93 1A 20 empire 20 Windrush 20 Brexit 20 Covid 20 Shamima Begum 20 race 20 ethnicity 20 gender 20 crime 03 00 Borders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law</italic> argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies. 04 00 <ul> <li> Introduction </li> <li> Part I Scales and locales of migrating borders </li> <li> 1 Bordering empire </li> <li> 2 Empire into nation state: bringing home the colonial hostile environment </li> <li> 3 Bordering a continent and a country: EU and the UK </li> <li> Part II Themes and practices of migrating borders </li> <li> 4 Bordering the workplace </li> <li> 5 Bordering families </li> <li> 6 Bordering globally: emergencies of health and security </li> <li> Conclusion </li> </ul> 20 00 Open Access University of London Press 01 University of London Press London, GB 04 01 20260319 13 15 9781911507482 09 University of London Press 29 Publisher's website: download the title https://books.uolpress.co.uk/10.63674/nkvo5059.pdf 99 01 09 University of London Press 02 Publisher's website: web shop https://uolpress.co.uk/book/migrating-borders-and-citizenship-in-law/ 99 01